|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
205
|
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
|
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
|
7
|
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
48 #endif
|
|
|
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
|
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
448
|
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
|
|
|
56 #endif
|
|
7
|
57 };
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
69 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */
|
|
|
70 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */
|
|
|
71 #endif
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 /*
|
|
|
74 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
75 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
76 */
|
|
|
77 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
205
|
78 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
|
79 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
7
|
80 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
205
|
81 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
7
|
82
|
|
|
83 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
84 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
85 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
86 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
87 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
88 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
89 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
90 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
91 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
93 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
94 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
95 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
96 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
97 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
98 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
99 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
100 # endif
|
|
|
101 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
102 #endif
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
104 /*
|
|
|
105 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
106 */
|
|
|
107 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
114 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
115 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
116 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
117 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
118 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
119 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
120 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
121 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
124 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
126 /*
|
|
|
127 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
128 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
129 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
130 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
131 * end patterns.
|
|
|
132 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
133 *
|
|
|
134 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
135 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
136 */
|
|
|
137 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
138 {
|
|
|
139 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
140 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
141 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
142 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
143 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
144 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
145 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
146 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
147 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
148 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
149 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
150 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
151 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
152 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
153 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
154 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
157 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
158 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
159 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
160 */
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
163 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
164 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
165 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
167 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
168 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
169 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
176 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
177 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
179 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
180 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
181 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
182 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
183 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
184 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
185 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 /*
|
|
|
192 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
193 */
|
|
|
194 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
195 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
197 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
201 /*
|
|
|
202 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
203 */
|
|
|
204 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
205 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
206 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
207 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
208 #endif
|
|
|
209
|
|
221
|
210 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
|
7
|
211 {
|
|
|
212 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
213 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
214 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
221
|
215 } syn_cluster_T;
|
|
7
|
216
|
|
|
217 /*
|
|
|
218 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
219 */
|
|
|
220 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
221 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
222 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
223
|
|
221
|
224 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
7
|
225
|
|
|
226 /*
|
|
|
227 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
228 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
229 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
230 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
231 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
232 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
233 */
|
|
|
234 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
235 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
236 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
237 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
239 /*
|
|
|
240 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
241 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
242 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
243 */
|
|
|
244 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 /*
|
|
|
247 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
248 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
249 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
250 */
|
|
|
251 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
252 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 /*
|
|
134
|
255 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
|
256 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
|
257 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
|
258 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
259 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
260 */
|
|
|
261 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
|
262 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
|
263 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
|
264 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 /*
|
|
7
|
267 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
268 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
269 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
270 */
|
|
|
271 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 /*
|
|
|
274 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
275 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
276 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
277 */
|
|
|
278 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
279 {
|
|
|
280 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
|
281 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
282 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
283 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
284 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
285 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
286 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
287 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
288 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
289 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
290 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
291 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
292 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
293 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
294 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
295 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
296 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
297 * pattern */
|
|
|
298 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
300 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
301 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
302 but contained groups */
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 /*
|
|
154
|
305 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
|
306 * very often.
|
|
|
307 */
|
|
|
308 typedef struct
|
|
|
309 {
|
|
|
310 int flags; /* flags for contained and transpartent */
|
|
|
311 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
312 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
313 if not allowed */
|
|
|
314 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
|
315 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
|
316 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
|
317 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
318 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
320 /*
|
|
7
|
321 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
322 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
323 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
324 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
325 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
326 */
|
|
|
327 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
328 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
329 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
330 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
331 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
332 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
333 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
334 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
335 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
336 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
338 /*
|
|
|
339 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
340 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
341 */
|
|
|
342 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
343 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
345 /*
|
|
|
346 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
347 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
348 */
|
|
|
349 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
350 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
351 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
352 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
353 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
354 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
355 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
356 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
357 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
358 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
359 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
360 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
365 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
366 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
367 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
368 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
369 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
370 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
371 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
372 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
373 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
374 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
375 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
376 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
377 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
221
|
378 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell));
|
|
7
|
379 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
380 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
381 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
382 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
383 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
384 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
385 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
386 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
387 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
388 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
390 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
391 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
392 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
394 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
395 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
396 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
397 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
398 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
399 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
400 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
401 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
419
|
402 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
7
|
403 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
404 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
405 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
406 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
407 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
408 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
409 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
410 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
411 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
412 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
413 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
414 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
415 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
416 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
417 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
418 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
419 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
420 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
421 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
134
|
422 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
423 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
|
424 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
7
|
425 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
426 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
154
|
427 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
7
|
428 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
429 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
430 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
431 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
432 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
433 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
434 #else
|
|
|
435 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
436 #endif
|
|
|
437 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
438 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
439 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
440 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
441 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
442 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
443 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
444 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
445 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
446 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
447 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
449 /*
|
|
|
450 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
451 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
452 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
453 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
454 * window.
|
|
|
455 */
|
|
|
456 void
|
|
|
457 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
458 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
459 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
460 {
|
|
|
461 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
462 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
463 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
464 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
|
465 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
466 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
467 int dist;
|
|
26
|
468 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
7
|
469
|
|
|
470 /*
|
|
|
471 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
26
|
472 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
|
473 * then.
|
|
7
|
474 */
|
|
26
|
475 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
7
|
476 {
|
|
|
477 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
478 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
479 }
|
|
26
|
480 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
7
|
481 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
483 /*
|
|
|
484 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
485 */
|
|
|
486 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
487 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
410
|
488 return; /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
489 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
491 /*
|
|
|
492 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
493 */
|
|
|
494 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
495 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
496 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
497 {
|
|
|
498 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
499 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
500 {
|
|
|
501 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
502 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
503 }
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
505 /*
|
|
|
506 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
507 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
508 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
509 */
|
|
|
510 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
511 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
512 }
|
|
|
513 else
|
|
|
514 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
516 /*
|
|
|
517 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
518 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
519 */
|
|
|
520 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
521 {
|
|
|
522 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
523 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
524 {
|
|
|
525 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
526 break;
|
|
|
527 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
528 {
|
|
|
529 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
530 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
531 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
532 }
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
535 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
536 }
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
538 /*
|
|
|
539 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
540 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
541 */
|
|
|
542 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
543 {
|
|
|
544 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
545 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
546 }
|
|
|
547 else
|
|
|
548 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
550 /*
|
|
|
551 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
552 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
553 */
|
|
|
554 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
555 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
556 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
557 {
|
|
|
558 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
559 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
560 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
562 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
563 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
564 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
565 {
|
|
|
566 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
567 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
568 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
569 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
570 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
571 else
|
|
|
572 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
|
573 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
574 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
575 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
576 {
|
|
|
577 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
578 prev = sp;
|
|
|
579 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
580 {
|
|
|
581 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
582 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
583 prev = sp;
|
|
|
584 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
585 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
586 break;
|
|
|
587 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
588 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
589 }
|
|
|
590 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
591 }
|
|
|
592 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
593 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
594 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
595 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
596 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
597 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
|
598 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
599 }
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
601 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
602 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
603 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
604 if (got_int)
|
|
|
605 {
|
|
|
606 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
607 break;
|
|
|
608 }
|
|
|
609 }
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
612 }
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 /*
|
|
|
615 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
616 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
617 */
|
|
|
618 static void
|
|
|
619 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
620 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
621 {
|
|
|
622 int i;
|
|
|
623 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
626 {
|
|
|
627 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
628 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
629 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
630 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
631 }
|
|
|
632 else
|
|
|
633 {
|
|
|
634 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
635 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
636 }
|
|
|
637 }
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 /*
|
|
|
640 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
641 */
|
|
|
642 static void
|
|
|
643 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
644 {
|
|
|
645 int i;
|
|
|
646 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
649 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
650 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
651 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
652 }
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 /*
|
|
|
655 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
656 *
|
|
|
657 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
658 * used:
|
|
|
659 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
660 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
661 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
662 */
|
|
|
663 static void
|
|
|
664 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
665 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
666 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
667 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
668 {
|
|
|
669 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
670 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
671 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
672 int idx;
|
|
|
673 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
674 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
675 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
676 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
677 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
678 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
679 char_u *line;
|
|
|
680 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
681 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
682 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
683 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
684 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
442
|
685 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
686
|
|
|
687 /*
|
|
|
688 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
689 */
|
|
|
690 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
692 /*
|
|
|
693 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
694 * there.
|
|
|
695 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
696 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
697 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
698 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
699 */
|
|
|
700 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
701 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
702 else
|
|
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
705 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
706 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
707 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
708 else
|
|
|
709 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
710 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
711 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
712 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
713 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
714 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
715 else
|
|
|
716 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
717 }
|
|
|
718 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
720 /*
|
|
|
721 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
722 */
|
|
|
723 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
724 {
|
|
|
725 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
726 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
727 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
728 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
729 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
730 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
732 /*
|
|
|
733 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
734 */
|
|
|
735 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
736 {
|
|
|
737 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
738 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
739 break;
|
|
|
740 }
|
|
|
741 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
743 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
744 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
745 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
746 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 /*
|
|
|
749 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
750 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
751 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
752 */
|
|
|
753 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
754 {
|
|
|
755 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
756 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
757 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
758 {
|
|
|
759 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
760 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
761 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
762 break;
|
|
|
763 }
|
|
|
764 }
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
767 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
768 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
769 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
770 }
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 /*
|
|
|
773 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
774 */
|
|
|
775 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
776 {
|
|
|
777 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
778 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
779 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
780 else
|
|
|
781 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
782
|
|
699
|
783 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
784 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
785 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
786 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
787 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
788 {
|
|
|
789 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
790 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
791 if (got_int)
|
|
|
792 {
|
|
|
793 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
794 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
795 break;
|
|
|
796 }
|
|
|
797
|
|
|
798 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
799 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
800 {
|
|
|
801 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
802 break;
|
|
|
803 }
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
805 /*
|
|
|
806 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
807 */
|
|
|
808 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
809 continue;
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 /*
|
|
|
812 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
813 */
|
|
|
814 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
817 {
|
|
|
818 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
819 for (;;)
|
|
|
820 {
|
|
|
821 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
822 /*
|
|
|
823 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
824 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
825 */
|
|
|
826 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
829 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
830 {
|
|
|
831 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
832 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
833 break;
|
|
|
834 }
|
|
|
835 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
836 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
837 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
838 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
839 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
840 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
841 /*
|
|
|
842 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
843 * match).
|
|
|
844 */
|
|
|
845 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
846 {
|
|
|
847 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
848 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
849 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
850 break;
|
|
|
851 }
|
|
|
852 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
853 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
854 else
|
|
|
855 ++current_col;
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
857 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
442
|
858 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
|
|
|
859 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
|
|
|
860 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
861 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
862 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
863 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
864 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
865 }
|
|
|
866 else
|
|
|
867 break;
|
|
|
868 }
|
|
|
869 }
|
|
|
870
|
|
|
871 /*
|
|
|
872 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
873 */
|
|
|
874 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
875 {
|
|
|
876 /*
|
|
|
877 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
878 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
879 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
880 */
|
|
|
881 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
882 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
883 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
884 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
885
|
|
|
886 /*
|
|
|
887 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
888 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
889 * the next line.
|
|
|
890 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
891 */
|
|
|
892 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
893 {
|
|
|
894 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
895 {
|
|
|
896 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
897 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
898 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
899 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
900 check_keepend();
|
|
|
901 }
|
|
|
902 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
903 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
904 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
905 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
906 }
|
|
|
907 else
|
|
|
908 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
910 break;
|
|
|
911 }
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
913 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
914 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
915 }
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
917 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
918 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
919 {
|
|
|
920 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
921 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
922 }
|
|
|
923 }
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
926 }
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 /*
|
|
|
929 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
930 */
|
|
|
931 static int
|
|
|
932 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
933 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
934 {
|
|
|
935 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
937 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
938 {
|
|
|
939 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
940 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
941 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
942 }
|
|
|
943 return FALSE;
|
|
|
944 }
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
946 /*
|
|
|
947 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
948 */
|
|
|
949 static void
|
|
|
950 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
951 {
|
|
|
952 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
953 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
955 /*
|
|
|
956 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
957 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
958 */
|
|
|
959 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
960 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
961
|
|
|
962 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
963 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
964 }
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
966 /*
|
|
|
967 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
968 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
969 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
970 */
|
|
|
971 static void
|
|
|
972 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
973 int startofline;
|
|
|
974 {
|
|
|
975 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
976 int i;
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 if (startofline)
|
|
|
979 {
|
|
|
980 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
981 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
982 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
983 {
|
|
|
984 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
985 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
986 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
987 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
988 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
989 {
|
|
|
990 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
991 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
992 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
993 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
994 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
995 }
|
|
|
996 }
|
|
|
997 }
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
999 /*
|
|
|
1000 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
1001 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
|
1002 * influence contained items.
|
|
|
1003 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
1004 */
|
|
|
1005 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
1006 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
1007 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
1008 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
1009 break;
|
|
|
1010 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1011 {
|
|
|
1012 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1013 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
1014 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
1015 {
|
|
|
1016 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
1017 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1018
|
|
|
1019 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
1020 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
|
1021 }
|
|
|
1022 }
|
|
|
1023 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1024 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1025 }
|
|
|
1026
|
|
|
1027 /****************************************
|
|
|
1028 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
1029 */
|
|
|
1030
|
|
|
1031 /*
|
|
|
1032 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1033 *
|
|
|
1034 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1035 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1036 *
|
|
|
1037 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1038 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1039 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1040 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1041 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1042 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1043 *
|
|
|
1044 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1045 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1046 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1047 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1048 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1049 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1050 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1051 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1052 *
|
|
|
1053 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1054 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1055 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1056 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1057 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1058 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1059 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1060 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1061 */
|
|
|
1062
|
|
|
1063 /*
|
|
|
1064 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1065 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1066 */
|
|
|
1067 void
|
|
|
1068 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1069 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1070 {
|
|
|
1071 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1072 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1073
|
|
|
1074 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1075 {
|
|
|
1076 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1077 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1078 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1079 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1080 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1081 }
|
|
|
1082 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1083 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1084 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1085 {
|
|
|
1086 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1087 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1088 }
|
|
|
1089 #endif
|
|
|
1090 }
|
|
|
1091
|
|
|
1092 /*
|
|
|
1093 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1094 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1095 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1096 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1097 */
|
|
|
1098 static void
|
|
|
1099 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1100 {
|
|
|
1101 long len;
|
|
|
1102 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1103 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1104
|
|
|
1105 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1106 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1107 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1108 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1109 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1110 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1111 {
|
|
|
1112 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1113 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1114 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1115 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1116 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1117 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1118 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1119
|
|
|
1120 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1121 {
|
|
|
1122 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1123 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1124 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1125 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1126 ;
|
|
|
1127 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1128 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1129 }
|
|
|
1130
|
|
|
1131 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1132 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1133 return;
|
|
|
1134
|
|
|
1135 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1136 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1137 {
|
|
|
1138 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1139 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1140 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1141 {
|
|
|
1142 ++to;
|
|
|
1143 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1144 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1145 }
|
|
|
1146 }
|
|
|
1147 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1148 {
|
|
|
1149 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1150 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1151 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1152 }
|
|
|
1153 else
|
|
|
1154 {
|
|
|
1155 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1156 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1157 }
|
|
|
1158
|
|
|
1159 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1160 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1161 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1162 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1163 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1164
|
|
|
1165 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1166 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1167 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1168 }
|
|
|
1169 }
|
|
|
1170
|
|
|
1171 /*
|
|
|
1172 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1173 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1174 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1175 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1176 */
|
|
|
1177 void
|
|
|
1178 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1179 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1180 {
|
|
|
1181 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1182 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1183
|
|
|
1184 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1185 return;
|
|
|
1186
|
|
|
1187 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1188 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1189 {
|
|
383
|
1190 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
7
|
1191 {
|
|
|
1192 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1193 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1194 {
|
|
|
1195 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1196 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1197 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1198 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1199 else
|
|
|
1200 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1201 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1202 p = np;
|
|
|
1203 continue;
|
|
|
1204 }
|
|
|
1205 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1206 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1207 * again. */
|
|
|
1208 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1209 {
|
|
|
1210 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1211 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1212 else
|
|
|
1213 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1214 }
|
|
|
1215 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1216 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1217 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1220 }
|
|
|
1221 prev = p;
|
|
|
1222 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1223 }
|
|
|
1224 }
|
|
|
1225
|
|
|
1226 /*
|
|
|
1227 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1228 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1229 */
|
|
|
1230 static int
|
|
|
1231 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1232 {
|
|
|
1233 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1234 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1235 int above;
|
|
|
1236 int dist;
|
|
|
1237 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1238
|
|
|
1239 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1240 return retval;
|
|
|
1241
|
|
|
1242 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
|
1243 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
1244
|
|
|
1245 /*
|
|
|
1246 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1247 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1248 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1249 */
|
|
|
1250 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1251 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1252 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1253 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1254 {
|
|
|
1255 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1256 {
|
|
|
1257 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1258 {
|
|
|
1259 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1260 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1261 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1262 }
|
|
|
1263 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1264 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1265 }
|
|
|
1266 }
|
|
|
1267
|
|
|
1268 /*
|
|
|
1269 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1270 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1271 */
|
|
|
1272 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1273 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1274 {
|
|
|
1275 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1276 {
|
|
|
1277 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1278 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1279 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1280 p = prev;
|
|
|
1281 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1282 }
|
|
|
1283 }
|
|
|
1284 return retval;
|
|
|
1285 }
|
|
|
1286
|
|
|
1287 /*
|
|
|
1288 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1289 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1290 */
|
|
|
1291 static void
|
|
|
1292 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1293 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1294 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1295 {
|
|
|
1296 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1297 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1298 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1299 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1300 }
|
|
|
1301
|
|
|
1302 /*
|
|
|
1303 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1304 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1305 */
|
|
|
1306 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1307 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1308 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1309 {
|
|
|
1310 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1313 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1314 {
|
|
|
1315 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1316 return p;
|
|
|
1317 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1318 break;
|
|
|
1319 }
|
|
|
1320 return prev;
|
|
|
1321 }
|
|
|
1322
|
|
|
1323 /*
|
|
|
1324 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1325 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1326 */
|
|
|
1327 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1328 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
|
1329 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
|
1330 NULL */
|
|
|
1331 {
|
|
|
1332 int i;
|
|
|
1333 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1334 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1335 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1336
|
|
|
1337 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1338 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 /*
|
|
|
1341 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1342 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1343 */
|
|
|
1344 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1345 {
|
|
|
1346 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1347 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1348 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1349 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1350 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1351 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1352 break;
|
|
|
1353 }
|
|
|
1354 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1355 {
|
|
|
1356 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1357 {
|
|
|
1358 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1359 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1360 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1361 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1362 else
|
|
|
1363 {
|
|
|
1364 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1365 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1366 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1367 break;
|
|
|
1368 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1369 }
|
|
|
1370 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1371 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1372 }
|
|
|
1373 }
|
|
|
1374 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1375 {
|
|
|
1376 /*
|
|
|
1377 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1378 */
|
|
|
1379 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1380 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1381 {
|
|
|
1382 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1383 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1384 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1385 }
|
|
|
1386 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1387 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1388 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1389 else
|
|
|
1390 {
|
|
|
1391 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1392 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1393 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1394 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1395 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1396 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1397 {
|
|
|
1398 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1399 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1400 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 else
|
|
|
1403 {
|
|
|
1404 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1405 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1406 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1407 }
|
|
|
1408 sp = p;
|
|
|
1409 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1410 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1411 }
|
|
|
1412 }
|
|
|
1413 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1414 {
|
|
|
1415 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1416 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1417 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1418 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1419 {
|
|
|
1420 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1421 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1422 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1423 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1424 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1425 else
|
|
|
1426 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1427 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1428 }
|
|
|
1429 else
|
|
|
1430 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1431 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1432 {
|
|
|
1433 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1434 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1435 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1436 }
|
|
|
1437 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1438 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1439 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1440 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1441 }
|
|
|
1442 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1443 return sp;
|
|
|
1444 }
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 /*
|
|
|
1447 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1448 */
|
|
|
1449 static void
|
|
|
1450 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1451 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1452 {
|
|
|
1453 int i;
|
|
|
1454 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1455
|
|
|
1456 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1457 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1458 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1459 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1460 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1461 {
|
|
|
1462 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1463 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1464 else
|
|
|
1465 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1466 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1467 {
|
|
|
1468 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1469 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1470 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1471 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1472 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1473 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1474 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1475 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1476 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1477 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1478 else
|
|
|
1479 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1480 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1481 }
|
|
|
1482 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1483 }
|
|
|
1484 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1485 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1486 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1487 }
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
1489 /*
|
|
|
1490 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1491 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1492 */
|
|
|
1493 static int
|
|
|
1494 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1495 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 int i, j;
|
|
|
1498 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1499 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1500
|
|
|
1501 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1502 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1503 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1504 {
|
|
|
1505 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1506 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1507 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1508 else
|
|
|
1509 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1510
|
|
|
1511 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1512 {
|
|
|
1513 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1514 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1515 break;
|
|
|
1516 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1517 {
|
|
|
1518 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1519 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1520 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1521 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1522 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1523 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1524 * different. */
|
|
|
1525 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1526 break;
|
|
|
1527 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1528 {
|
|
|
1529 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1530 * equal. */
|
|
|
1531 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1532 {
|
|
|
1533 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1534 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1535 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1536 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1537 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1538 break;
|
|
|
1539 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1540 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1541 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1542 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1543 break;
|
|
|
1544 }
|
|
|
1545 }
|
|
|
1546 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1547 break;
|
|
|
1548 }
|
|
|
1549 }
|
|
|
1550 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1551 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1552 }
|
|
|
1553 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1554 }
|
|
|
1555
|
|
|
1556 /*
|
|
|
1557 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1558 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1559 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1560 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1561 * line which changed
|
|
|
1562 * displayed line
|
|
|
1563 * displayed line
|
|
|
1564 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1565 */
|
|
|
1566 void
|
|
|
1567 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1568 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1569 {
|
|
|
1570 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1571
|
|
|
1572 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1573 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1574 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1577 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1578 }
|
|
|
1579
|
|
|
1580 /*
|
|
|
1581 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1582 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 static void
|
|
|
1585 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1586 {
|
|
|
1587 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1588 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1589 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1590 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1591 }
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 static void
|
|
|
1594 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1595 {
|
|
|
1596 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1597 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1598 }
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600 /*
|
|
|
1601 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1602 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1603 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1604 */
|
|
|
1605 int
|
|
|
1606 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1607 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1608 {
|
|
|
1609 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1610 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 /*
|
|
|
1613 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1614 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1615 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1616 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1617 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1618 */
|
|
|
1619 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1620 {
|
|
|
1621 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1622 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1623 {
|
|
|
1624 /*
|
|
|
1625 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1626 * drawn)
|
|
|
1627 */
|
|
|
1628 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 /*
|
|
|
1631 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1632 * the line.
|
|
|
1633 */
|
|
|
1634 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1635 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 /*
|
|
|
1638 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1639 */
|
|
|
1640 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
1641 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
1642 }
|
|
|
1643 }
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 return retval;
|
|
|
1646 }
|
|
|
1647
|
|
|
1648 /*
|
|
|
1649 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1650 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1651 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1652 * is valid.
|
|
|
1653 */
|
|
|
1654 static int
|
|
|
1655 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1656 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1657 {
|
|
|
1658 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
442
|
1659 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1660
|
|
|
1661 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1662 {
|
|
|
1663 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1664 {
|
|
221
|
1665 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
7
|
1666 /*
|
|
|
1667 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1668 */
|
|
|
1669 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1670 {
|
|
|
1671 /*
|
|
|
1672 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1673 */
|
|
|
1674 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1675 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1676 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1677 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1678 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1679
|
|
|
1680 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
442
|
1681 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
|
|
|
1682 * past the NUL. */
|
|
|
1683 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
1684 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1685 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
1686 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
1687 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1690 }
|
|
|
1691 }
|
|
|
1692 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1693 }
|
|
|
1694
|
|
|
1695 /*
|
|
|
1696 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1697 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1698 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1699 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1700 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
221
|
1701 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
|
1702 * done.
|
|
7
|
1703 */
|
|
|
1704 int
|
|
221
|
1705 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1706 colnr_T col;
|
|
221
|
1707 int *can_spell;
|
|
7
|
1708 {
|
|
|
1709 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1710
|
|
|
1711 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1712 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1713 return 0;
|
|
|
1714
|
|
419
|
1715 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
|
|
431
|
1716 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
|
|
419
|
1717 {
|
|
|
1718 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1719 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1720 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
1721 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1722 #endif
|
|
|
1723 return 0;
|
|
|
1724 }
|
|
|
1725
|
|
7
|
1726 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1727 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1728 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1729
|
|
|
1730 /*
|
|
|
1731 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1732 */
|
|
|
1733 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1734 {
|
|
221
|
1735 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell);
|
|
7
|
1736 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1737 }
|
|
|
1738
|
|
|
1739 return attr;
|
|
|
1740 }
|
|
|
1741
|
|
|
1742 /*
|
|
|
1743 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1744 */
|
|
|
1745 static int
|
|
221
|
1746 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1747 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1748 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
221
|
1749 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
1750 {
|
|
|
1751 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1752 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1753 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1754 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1755 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1756 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1757 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1758 int idx;
|
|
|
1759 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
221
|
1760 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1761 int startcol;
|
|
|
1762 int endcol;
|
|
|
1763 long flags;
|
|
|
1764 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1765 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1766 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1767 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1768 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1769 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1770 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1771 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1772 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1773 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1776 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1777 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1778 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1779
|
|
|
1780 /*
|
|
|
1781 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1782 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1783 */
|
|
|
1784 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1785 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1786 {
|
|
|
1787 /*
|
|
|
1788 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1789 */
|
|
|
1790 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1791 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1792 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1795 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1796 return 0;
|
|
|
1797 }
|
|
|
1798
|
|
|
1799 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1800 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1801 {
|
|
|
1802 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1803 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1804 }
|
|
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 /*
|
|
|
1807 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1808 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1809 * the next column.
|
|
|
1810 */
|
|
|
1811 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1812 {
|
|
|
1813 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1814 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1815 }
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1818 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
134
|
1819 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
1820 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1823 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1824 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 /*
|
|
|
1827 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1828 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1829 * column.
|
|
|
1830 */
|
|
|
1831 do
|
|
|
1832 {
|
|
|
1833 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1834 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1835 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 /*
|
|
|
1838 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1839 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1840 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1841 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1842 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1843 */
|
|
|
1844 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1845 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1846 else
|
|
|
1847 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1850 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1851 {
|
|
|
1852 /*
|
|
|
1853 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1854 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1855 */
|
|
|
1856 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1857 {
|
|
|
1858 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1859 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1860 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1861 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1862 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1863 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1864 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1865 : 0)
|
|
|
1866 #endif
|
|
|
1867 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1868 {
|
|
|
1869 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1870 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
205
|
1871 if (syn_id != 0)
|
|
7
|
1872 {
|
|
|
1873 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1874 {
|
|
|
1875 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1876 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1877 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1878 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1879 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1880 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1881 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1882 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1883 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1884 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1885 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1886 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1887 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1888 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1889 {
|
|
|
1890 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1891 {
|
|
|
1892 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1893 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1894 }
|
|
|
1895 else
|
|
|
1896 {
|
|
|
1897 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1898 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1899 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1900 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1901 }
|
|
|
1902 }
|
|
|
1903 else
|
|
|
1904 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1905 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1906 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1907 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1908 }
|
|
|
1909 else
|
|
|
1910 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1911 }
|
|
|
1912 }
|
|
|
1913 }
|
|
|
1914
|
|
|
1915 /*
|
|
205
|
1916 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
|
7
|
1917 */
|
|
|
1918 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1919 {
|
|
|
1920 /*
|
|
|
1921 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1922 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1923 */
|
|
|
1924 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1925 {
|
|
|
1926 /*
|
|
|
1927 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1928 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1929 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1930 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1931 */
|
|
|
1932 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1933 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1934 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1935 {
|
|
|
1936 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1937 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1938 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1939 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1940 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1941 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1942 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1943 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1944 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1945 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1946 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1947 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1948 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1949 {
|
|
|
1950 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1951 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1952 * this item. */
|
|
|
1953 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1954 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1955 continue;
|
|
|
1956 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1957
|
|
|
1958 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1959 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1960 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
1962 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
1963 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
1964 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
1965 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
1966 {
|
|
|
1967 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
1968 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1969 continue;
|
|
|
1970 }
|
|
|
1971
|
|
|
1972 /*
|
|
|
1973 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
1974 */
|
|
|
1975 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1976 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1977 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
1978 {
|
|
|
1979 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
1980 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
1981 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1982 continue;
|
|
|
1983 }
|
|
|
1984 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
1985
|
|
|
1986 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
1987 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
1988 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 /*
|
|
|
1991 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
1992 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
1993 */
|
|
|
1994 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1995 continue;
|
|
|
1996
|
|
|
1997 /*
|
|
|
1998 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
1999 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
2000 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
2001 */
|
|
|
2002 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
2003 {
|
|
|
2004 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2005 continue;
|
|
|
2006 }
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2009 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
2012 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
2013 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
2016 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
2017 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
2018 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2020 /*
|
|
|
2021 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
2022 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
2023 */
|
|
|
2024 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2025 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
2026 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2027
|
|
|
2028 flags = 0;
|
|
|
2029 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
2030 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2031 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2032 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 /*
|
|
|
2035 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
2036 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
2037 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
2038 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
2039 */
|
|
|
2040 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2041 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2042 {
|
|
|
2043 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2046 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2047 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2048 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2049 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2050 }
|
|
|
2051
|
|
|
2052 /*
|
|
|
2053 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2054 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2055 * syncing.
|
|
|
2056 */
|
|
|
2057 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2058 {
|
|
|
2059 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2060 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2061 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2062 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2063 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2064 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2065 {
|
|
|
2066 /*
|
|
|
2067 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2068 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2069 */
|
|
|
2070 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2071 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2072 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2073 continue;
|
|
|
2074 }
|
|
|
2075 }
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 /*
|
|
|
2078 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2079 */
|
|
|
2080 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2081 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2082 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2083 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2084 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2085 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2086
|
|
|
2087 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2088 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2089 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2090 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2091 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2092 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2093 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2094 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2095 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2096 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2097 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2098 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2099 }
|
|
|
2100 }
|
|
|
2101 }
|
|
|
2102
|
|
|
2103 /*
|
|
|
2104 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2105 */
|
|
|
2106 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2107 {
|
|
|
2108 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2111 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2112 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2113 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2114 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2115 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2116 {
|
|
|
2117 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2118 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2119 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2120 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2121
|
|
|
2122 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2123 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2124 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2125 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2126 {
|
|
|
2127 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2128 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2129 }
|
|
|
2130 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2131 }
|
|
|
2132 else
|
|
|
2133 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2134 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2135 }
|
|
|
2136 }
|
|
|
2137 }
|
|
|
2138
|
|
|
2139 /*
|
|
|
2140 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2141 */
|
|
|
2142 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2143 {
|
|
|
2144 /*
|
|
|
2145 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2146 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2147 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2148 */
|
|
|
2149 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2150 {
|
|
|
2151 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2152 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2153 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2154 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2155 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2156 break;
|
|
|
2157 }
|
|
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 /*
|
|
|
2160 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2161 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2162 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2163 * match.
|
|
|
2164 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2165 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2166 */
|
|
|
2167 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2168 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2169 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2170 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2171 }
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 /*
|
|
|
2176 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2177 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2178 */
|
|
|
2179 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2180 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2181 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2182 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2183 #endif
|
|
|
2184 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2185 {
|
|
221
|
2186 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2187 int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2188 #endif
|
|
7
|
2189 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2190 {
|
|
|
2191 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2192 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2193 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2194 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2195 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2196 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2197 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2198 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2199 {
|
|
|
2200 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2201 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2202 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
221
|
2203 #endif
|
|
7
|
2204 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2205 break;
|
|
|
2206 }
|
|
|
2207 }
|
|
|
2208
|
|
221
|
2209 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2210 {
|
|
|
2211 struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 /*
|
|
|
2214 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
|
2215 * done in the current item.
|
|
|
2216 */
|
|
|
2217 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
227
|
2218 {
|
|
320
|
2219 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
|
2220 * @NoSpell cluster. */
|
|
227
|
2221 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2222 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
|
|
227
|
2223 else
|
|
|
2224 {
|
|
|
2225 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2226 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2227 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2228 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2229 }
|
|
|
2230 }
|
|
221
|
2231 else
|
|
|
2232 {
|
|
320
|
2233 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
|
|
419
|
2234 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
|
|
|
2235 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
|
|
|
2236 * was used. */
|
|
320
|
2237 if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2238 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
320
|
2239 else
|
|
|
2240 {
|
|
|
2241 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2242 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2243 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2244 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2245
|
|
|
2246 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
|
|
|
2247 {
|
|
|
2248 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2249 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
|
|
|
2250 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
|
2251 }
|
|
|
2252 }
|
|
221
|
2253 }
|
|
|
2254 }
|
|
|
2255
|
|
|
2256
|
|
7
|
2257 /*
|
|
|
2258 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2259 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2260 * single character match.
|
|
|
2261 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2262 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2263 * current column.
|
|
|
2264 */
|
|
|
2265 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
2266 {
|
|
|
2267 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
2268 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
|
|
|
2269 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2270 {
|
|
|
2271 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2272 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2273 --current_col;
|
|
|
2274 }
|
|
|
2275 }
|
|
|
2276 }
|
|
221
|
2277 else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
419
|
2278 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
|
|
|
2279 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
|
|
|
2280 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
|
|
|
2281 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
|
2282 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
7
|
2283
|
|
|
2284 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2285 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2286 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2287 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2288 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2289
|
|
|
2290 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2291 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2294 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2295 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2296 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2299 }
|
|
|
2300
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 /*
|
|
|
2303 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2304 */
|
|
|
2305 static int
|
|
|
2306 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2307 int idx;
|
|
|
2308 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2309 {
|
|
|
2310 int i;
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2313 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2314 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2315 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2316 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2317
|
|
|
2318 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2319 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2320 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2321 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2322 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2323
|
|
|
2324 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2325 }
|
|
|
2326
|
|
|
2327 /*
|
|
|
2328 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2329 */
|
|
|
2330 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2331 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2332 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2333 {
|
|
|
2334 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2337
|
|
|
2338 /*
|
|
|
2339 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2340 */
|
|
|
2341 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2342 {
|
|
|
2343 /*
|
|
|
2344 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2345 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2346 */
|
|
|
2347 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2348 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2349 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2350 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2351 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2352 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2353 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2354 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2355 {
|
|
|
2356 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2357 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2358 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2359 }
|
|
|
2360 else
|
|
|
2361 {
|
|
|
2362 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2363 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2364 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2365 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2366 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2367 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2368 }
|
|
|
2369 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2370 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2371 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2372 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 /*
|
|
|
2375 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2376 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2377 */
|
|
|
2378 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2379 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2380 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2381 {
|
|
|
2382 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2383 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2384 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2385 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2386 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2387 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2388 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2389 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2390 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2391 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2392 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2393 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2394 }
|
|
|
2395 }
|
|
|
2396
|
|
|
2397 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2398
|
|
|
2399 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2400 }
|
|
|
2401
|
|
|
2402 /*
|
|
|
2403 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2404 */
|
|
|
2405 static void
|
|
|
2406 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2407 {
|
|
|
2408 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2409 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2410
|
|
|
2411 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2412 for (;;)
|
|
|
2413 {
|
|
|
2414 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2415 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2416 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2417 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2418 {
|
|
|
2419 /*
|
|
|
2420 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2421 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2422 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2423 * position.
|
|
|
2424 */
|
|
|
2425 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2426 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2427 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2428 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2429 {
|
|
|
2430 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2431 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2432 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2433 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2434 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2435 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
36
|
2436
|
|
|
2437 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
|
2438 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2439 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
2440 break;
|
|
|
2441 }
|
|
|
2442 else
|
|
|
2443 {
|
|
|
2444 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2445 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2446 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2447 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2448 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2449 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2450 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2451
|
|
|
2452 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2453 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2454 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2455 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2456
|
|
|
2457 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2458
|
|
|
2459 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2460 break;
|
|
|
2461
|
|
|
2462 if (had_extend)
|
|
|
2463 {
|
|
|
2464 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2465 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2466 break;
|
|
|
2467 }
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 /*
|
|
|
2472 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2473 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2474 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2475 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2476 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2477 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2478 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2479 */
|
|
|
2480 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2481 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2482 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2483 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2484 {
|
|
|
2485 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2486 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2487 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2488 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2489 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2490 break;
|
|
|
2491 }
|
|
|
2492 }
|
|
|
2493 }
|
|
|
2494 else
|
|
|
2495 break;
|
|
|
2496 }
|
|
|
2497 }
|
|
|
2498
|
|
|
2499 /*
|
|
|
2500 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2501 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2502 */
|
|
|
2503 static void
|
|
|
2504 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2505 int idx;
|
|
|
2506 {
|
|
|
2507 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2508 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2509
|
|
|
2510 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2511 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2512 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2513 else
|
|
|
2514 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2515 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2516 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2517 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2518 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2519 else
|
|
|
2520 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2521
|
|
|
2522 /*
|
|
|
2523 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2524 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2525 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2526 */
|
|
|
2527 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2528 {
|
|
|
2529 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2530 {
|
|
|
2531 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2532 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2533 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2534 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2535 }
|
|
|
2536 else
|
|
|
2537 {
|
|
|
2538 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2539 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
36
|
2540 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2541 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
7
|
2542 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2543 {
|
|
|
2544 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2545 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2546 }
|
|
|
2547 }
|
|
|
2548 }
|
|
|
2549 }
|
|
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 /*
|
|
|
2552 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2553 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2554 */
|
|
|
2555 static void
|
|
|
2556 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2557 {
|
|
|
2558 int i;
|
|
|
2559 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
|
2560 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2561
|
|
|
2562 /*
|
|
|
2563 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2564 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2565 */
|
|
|
2566 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2567 return;
|
|
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 /*
|
|
|
2570 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2571 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2572 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2573 */
|
|
|
2574 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2575 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2576 break;
|
|
|
2577
|
|
|
2578 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2579 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2580 {
|
|
|
2581 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2582 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2583 {
|
|
|
2584 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2585 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2586 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2587 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2588 }
|
|
|
2589 if (sip->si_ends
|
|
|
2590 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
2591 && (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2592 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2593 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2594 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2595 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2596 }
|
|
|
2597 }
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 /*
|
|
|
2600 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2601 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2602 *
|
|
|
2603 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2604 */
|
|
|
2605 static void
|
|
|
2606 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2607 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2608 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2609 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2610 {
|
|
|
2611 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2612 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2613 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2614 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2615 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2616
|
|
|
2617 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2618 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2619 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2620 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2621 return;
|
|
|
2622
|
|
|
2623 /*
|
|
|
2624 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2625 * line.
|
|
|
2626 */
|
|
|
2627 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2628 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2629 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2630 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2631 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2632
|
|
|
2633 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2634 {
|
|
|
2635 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2636 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2637 {
|
|
|
2638 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2639 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2640 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2641 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2642 }
|
|
|
2643 else
|
|
|
2644 {
|
|
|
2645 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2646 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2647 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2648 }
|
|
|
2649 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2650 }
|
|
|
2651 else
|
|
|
2652 {
|
|
|
2653 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2654 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2655 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2656 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2657 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2658 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2659 }
|
|
|
2660 }
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
2662 /*
|
|
|
2663 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2664 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2665 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2666 */
|
|
|
2667 static int
|
|
|
2668 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2669 int idx;
|
|
|
2670 {
|
|
|
2671 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2672 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2673 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2674 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2675 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2676 return OK;
|
|
|
2677 }
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 /*
|
|
|
2680 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2681 */
|
|
|
2682 static void
|
|
|
2683 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2684 {
|
|
|
2685 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2686 {
|
|
|
2687 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2688 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2689 }
|
|
|
2690 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2691 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2692
|
|
|
2693 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2694 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2695 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2696 }
|
|
|
2697
|
|
|
2698 /*
|
|
|
2699 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2700 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2701 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2702 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2703 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2704 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2705 * computed.
|
|
|
2706 */
|
|
|
2707 static void
|
|
|
2708 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2709 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2710 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2711 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2712 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2713 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2714 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2715 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2716 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2717 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2718 {
|
|
|
2719 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2720 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2721 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2722 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2723 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2724 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2725 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2726 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2727 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2728
|
|
|
2729 /*
|
|
|
2730 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2731 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2732 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2733 */
|
|
|
2734 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2735 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2736 {
|
|
|
2737 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2738 return;
|
|
|
2739 }
|
|
|
2740
|
|
|
2741 /*
|
|
|
2742 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2743 */
|
|
|
2744 for (;;)
|
|
|
2745 {
|
|
|
2746 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2747 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2748 break;
|
|
|
2749 ++idx;
|
|
|
2750 }
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 /*
|
|
|
2753 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2754 */
|
|
|
2755 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2756 {
|
|
|
2757 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2758 ++idx;
|
|
|
2759 }
|
|
|
2760 else
|
|
|
2761 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2762
|
|
|
2763 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2764 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2765 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2768 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2769 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2770 for (;;)
|
|
|
2771 {
|
|
|
2772 /*
|
|
|
2773 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2774 */
|
|
|
2775 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2776 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2777 {
|
|
|
2778 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
2780 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2781 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2782 break;
|
|
|
2783 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2784 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2785 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2786
|
|
|
2787 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2788 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2789 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2790 {
|
|
|
2791 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2792 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2793 {
|
|
|
2794 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2795 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2796 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2797 }
|
|
|
2798 }
|
|
|
2799 }
|
|
|
2800
|
|
|
2801 /*
|
|
|
2802 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2803 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2804 */
|
|
|
2805 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2806 break;
|
|
|
2807
|
|
|
2808 /*
|
|
|
2809 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2810 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2811 */
|
|
|
2812 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2813 {
|
|
|
2814 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2815
|
|
|
2816 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2817 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2818 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2819 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2820 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2821 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2822 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2823 {
|
|
|
2824 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2825 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2828 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2829 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2830 break;
|
|
|
2831
|
|
|
2832 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2835 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2836 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2837 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2838 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2839 else
|
|
|
2840 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2841 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2842 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2843 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2844 ;
|
|
|
2845
|
|
|
2846 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2847 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2848 break;
|
|
|
2849
|
|
|
2850 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2851 }
|
|
|
2852 }
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 /*
|
|
|
2855 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2856 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2857 */
|
|
|
2858 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2859 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2860 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2861 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2862 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2863
|
|
|
2864 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2865 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2866 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2867 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2868 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2869 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2870 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 /*
|
|
|
2873 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2874 */
|
|
|
2875 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2876 {
|
|
|
2877 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2878 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2879 {
|
|
|
2880 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2881 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2882 }
|
|
|
2883 else
|
|
|
2884 {
|
|
|
2885 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2886 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2887 }
|
|
|
2888 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
2890 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2891 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2892 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2893 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2894 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2895
|
|
|
2896 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2897 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2898 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2899 }
|
|
|
2900 else
|
|
|
2901 {
|
|
|
2902 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2903 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2904 }
|
|
|
2905
|
|
|
2906 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2909 break;
|
|
|
2910 }
|
|
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2913 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2914 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2917 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2918 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2919 }
|
|
|
2920
|
|
|
2921 /*
|
|
|
2922 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2923 */
|
|
|
2924 static void
|
|
|
2925 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2926 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2927 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2928 {
|
|
|
2929 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2930 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2931 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2932 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2933 }
|
|
|
2934
|
|
|
2935 /*
|
|
|
2936 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2937 */
|
|
|
2938 static void
|
|
|
2939 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2940 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2941 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2942 {
|
|
|
2943 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2944 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2945 else
|
|
|
2946 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
2947 }
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 /*
|
|
|
2950 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2951 */
|
|
|
2952 static void
|
|
|
2953 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2954 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2955 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2956 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
2957 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
2958 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
2959 {
|
|
|
2960 int col;
|
|
626
|
2961 int len;
|
|
7
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
2964 {
|
|
|
2965 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2966 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2967 }
|
|
|
2968 else
|
|
|
2969 {
|
|
|
2970 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2971 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2972 }
|
|
|
2973 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2974 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2975 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2976 else
|
|
626
|
2977 {
|
|
|
2978 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
|
|
640
|
2979 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
|
|
|
2980 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2981 len = 0;
|
|
|
2982 else
|
|
|
2983 len = STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE));
|
|
626
|
2984 if (col > len)
|
|
|
2985 result->col = len;
|
|
|
2986 else
|
|
|
2987 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2988 }
|
|
7
|
2989 }
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 /*
|
|
|
2992 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2993 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
2994 */
|
|
|
2995 static void
|
|
|
2996 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2997 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2998 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2999 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3000 int idx;
|
|
|
3001 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
3002 {
|
|
|
3003 int col;
|
|
|
3004
|
|
|
3005 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3006 {
|
|
|
3007 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3008 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
3009 }
|
|
|
3010 else
|
|
|
3011 {
|
|
|
3012 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3013 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
3014 }
|
|
|
3015 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
3016 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
3017 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
3018 else
|
|
|
3019 result->col = col;
|
|
|
3020 }
|
|
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 /*
|
|
|
3023 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
3024 */
|
|
|
3025 static char_u *
|
|
|
3026 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
3027 {
|
|
|
3028 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
3029 }
|
|
|
3030
|
|
|
3031 /*
|
|
410
|
3032 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
|
|
7
|
3033 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
3034 */
|
|
|
3035 static int
|
|
|
3036 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
3037 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
3038 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3039 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3040 {
|
|
410
|
3041 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
|
|
7
|
3042 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
|
3043 {
|
|
|
3044 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3045 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3046 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3047 }
|
|
|
3048 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3049 }
|
|
|
3050
|
|
|
3051 /*
|
|
|
3052 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
3053 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
3054 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
3055 */
|
|
|
3056 static int
|
|
|
3057 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
3058 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3059 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
3060 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
3061 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3062 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3063 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
3064 {
|
|
134
|
3065 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3066 char_u *kwp;
|
|
7
|
3067 int round;
|
|
134
|
3068 int kwlen;
|
|
7
|
3069 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
134
|
3070 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3071 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
7
|
3072
|
|
|
3073 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
3074 * checked. */
|
|
134
|
3075 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
|
3076 kwlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
3077 do
|
|
|
3078 {
|
|
|
3079 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3080 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
3081 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3082 else
|
|
|
3083 #endif
|
|
134
|
3084 ++kwlen;
|
|
|
3085 }
|
|
|
3086 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
3087
|
|
|
3088 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
7
|
3089 return 0;
|
|
|
3090
|
|
|
3091 /*
|
|
|
3092 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
3093 * lowercase.
|
|
|
3094 */
|
|
419
|
3095 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 /*
|
|
|
3098 * Try twice:
|
|
|
3099 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
3100 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
3101 */
|
|
|
3102 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3103 {
|
|
134
|
3104 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3105 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
7
|
3106 continue;
|
|
134
|
3107 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
|
3108 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
7
|
3109
|
|
|
3110 /*
|
|
134
|
3111 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
|
3112 * attributes.
|
|
7
|
3113 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3114 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3115 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3116 */
|
|
134
|
3117 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
|
3118 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3119 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3120 {
|
|
134
|
3121 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3122 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3123 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3124 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3125 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3126 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
|
3127 {
|
|
|
3128 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
|
3129 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
|
3130 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3131 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3132 }
|
|
7
|
3133 }
|
|
|
3134 }
|
|
|
3135 return 0;
|
|
|
3136 }
|
|
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 /*
|
|
|
3139 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3140 */
|
|
|
3141 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3142 static void
|
|
|
3143 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3144 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3145 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3146 {
|
|
|
3147 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3148 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3151 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3152 return;
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3155 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3156 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3157 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3158 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3159 else
|
|
|
3160 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3161 }
|
|
|
3162
|
|
|
3163 /*
|
|
419
|
3164 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
|
|
|
3165 */
|
|
|
3166 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3167 static void
|
|
|
3168 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3169 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3170 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3171 {
|
|
|
3172 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3173 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3174
|
|
|
3175 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3176 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3177 return;
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3180 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
|
|
|
3181 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
|
|
|
3182 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
|
|
|
3183 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
|
|
|
3184 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 4) == 0 && next - arg == 4)
|
|
|
3185 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
3186 else
|
|
|
3187 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3188 }
|
|
|
3189
|
|
|
3190 /*
|
|
7
|
3191 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3192 */
|
|
|
3193 void
|
|
|
3194 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3195 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3196 {
|
|
|
3197 int i;
|
|
|
3198
|
|
482
|
3199 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
|
|
294
|
3200 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
419
|
3201 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
|
|
294
|
3202 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 /* free the keywords */
|
|
134
|
3205 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3206 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3209 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3210 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3211 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3214 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3215 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3216 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
301
|
3217 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
|
3218 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
7
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3221 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3222 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3223 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3226 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3227 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3228 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3229 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3230 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3231 #endif
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3234 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3235 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3236 }
|
|
|
3237
|
|
|
3238 /*
|
|
|
3239 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3240 */
|
|
|
3241 static void
|
|
|
3242 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3243 {
|
|
|
3244 int i;
|
|
|
3245
|
|
|
3246 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3247 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3248 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3249 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3250
|
|
|
3251 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3252 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3253 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3254 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3257 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3258 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3259 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3260
|
|
|
3261 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 /*
|
|
|
3265 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3266 */
|
|
|
3267 static void
|
|
|
3268 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3269 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3270 int idx;
|
|
|
3271 {
|
|
|
3272 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3273
|
|
|
3274 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3275 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3276 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3277 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3278 #endif
|
|
|
3279 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3280 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3281 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3282 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3283 }
|
|
|
3284
|
|
|
3285 /*
|
|
|
3286 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3287 * last to first!
|
|
|
3288 */
|
|
|
3289 static void
|
|
|
3290 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3291 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3292 int i;
|
|
|
3293 {
|
|
|
3294 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3295 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3296 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3297 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3298 {
|
|
|
3299 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3300 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
|
3301 }
|
|
|
3302 }
|
|
|
3303
|
|
|
3304 /*
|
|
|
3305 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3306 */
|
|
|
3307 static void
|
|
|
3308 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3309 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3310 int i;
|
|
|
3311 {
|
|
|
3312 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3313 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3314 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3315 }
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 /*
|
|
|
3318 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3319 */
|
|
|
3320 static void
|
|
|
3321 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3322 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3323 int syncing;
|
|
|
3324 {
|
|
|
3325 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3326 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3327 int id;
|
|
|
3328
|
|
|
3329 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3330 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3331 return;
|
|
|
3332
|
|
|
3333 /*
|
|
|
3334 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3335 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3336 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3337 * clear".
|
|
|
3338 */
|
|
|
3339 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3340 return;
|
|
|
3341
|
|
|
3342 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3343 {
|
|
|
3344 /*
|
|
|
3345 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3346 */
|
|
|
3347 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3348 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3349 else
|
|
|
3350 {
|
|
|
3351 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
148
|
3352 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3353 }
|
|
|
3354 }
|
|
|
3355 else
|
|
|
3356 {
|
|
|
3357 /*
|
|
|
3358 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3359 */
|
|
|
3360 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3363 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3364 {
|
|
|
3365 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3366 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3367 {
|
|
|
3368 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3369 break;
|
|
|
3370 }
|
|
|
3371 else
|
|
|
3372 {
|
|
|
3373 /*
|
|
|
3374 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3375 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3376 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3377 */
|
|
|
3378 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3379
|
|
|
3380 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3381 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3382 }
|
|
|
3383 }
|
|
|
3384 else
|
|
|
3385 {
|
|
|
3386 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3387 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3388 {
|
|
|
3389 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3390 break;
|
|
|
3391 }
|
|
|
3392 else
|
|
|
3393 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3394 }
|
|
|
3395 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3396 }
|
|
|
3397 }
|
|
|
3398 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
3399 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3400 }
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 /*
|
|
|
3403 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3404 */
|
|
|
3405 static void
|
|
|
3406 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3407 int id;
|
|
|
3408 int syncing;
|
|
|
3409 {
|
|
|
3410 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3411 int idx;
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3414 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3415 {
|
|
134
|
3416 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3417 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3418 }
|
|
|
3419
|
|
|
3420 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3421 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3422 {
|
|
|
3423 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3424 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3425 continue;
|
|
|
3426 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3427 }
|
|
|
3428 }
|
|
|
3429
|
|
|
3430 /*
|
|
|
3431 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3432 */
|
|
|
3433 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3434 static void
|
|
|
3435 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3436 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3437 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3438 {
|
|
|
3439 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3440 }
|
|
|
3441
|
|
|
3442 /*
|
|
|
3443 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3444 */
|
|
|
3445 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3446 static void
|
|
|
3447 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3448 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3449 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3450 {
|
|
|
3451 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3452 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
148
|
3453 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3454 }
|
|
|
3455
|
|
|
3456 /*
|
|
|
3457 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3458 */
|
|
|
3459 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3460 static void
|
|
|
3461 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3462 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3463 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3464 {
|
|
|
3465 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3466 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3467 {
|
|
|
3468 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3469 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
148
|
3470 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3471 }
|
|
|
3472 }
|
|
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 /*
|
|
|
3475 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3476 */
|
|
|
3477 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3478 static void
|
|
|
3479 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3480 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3481 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3482 {
|
|
|
3483 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3484 }
|
|
|
3485
|
|
|
3486 /*
|
|
|
3487 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3488 */
|
|
|
3489 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3490 static void
|
|
|
3491 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3492 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3493 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3494 {
|
|
|
3495 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3496 }
|
|
|
3497
|
|
|
3498 static void
|
|
|
3499 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3500 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3501 char *name;
|
|
|
3502 {
|
|
|
3503 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3504
|
|
|
3505 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3506 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3507 {
|
|
|
3508 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
274
|
3509 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
7
|
3510 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3511 }
|
|
|
3512 }
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 /*
|
|
|
3515 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3516 */
|
|
|
3517 static void
|
|
|
3518 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3519 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3520 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3521 {
|
|
|
3522 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3523 int id;
|
|
|
3524 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3525
|
|
|
3526 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3527 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3528 return;
|
|
|
3529
|
|
|
3530 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3531 {
|
|
|
3532 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3533 return;
|
|
|
3534 }
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3537 {
|
|
|
3538 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3539 {
|
|
|
3540 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3541 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3542 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3543 return;
|
|
|
3544 }
|
|
|
3545 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3546 {
|
|
|
3547 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3548 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3549 else
|
|
|
3550 {
|
|
|
3551 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3552 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3553 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3554 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3555 }
|
|
|
3556 return;
|
|
|
3557 }
|
|
|
3558 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3559 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3560 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3561 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3562 {
|
|
|
3563 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3564 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3565 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3566 }
|
|
|
3567 }
|
|
|
3568 else
|
|
|
3569 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3570 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3571 {
|
|
|
3572 /*
|
|
|
3573 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3574 */
|
|
|
3575 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3576 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3577 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3578 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3579 }
|
|
|
3580 else
|
|
|
3581 {
|
|
|
3582 /*
|
|
|
3583 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3584 */
|
|
|
3585 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3586 {
|
|
|
3587 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3588 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3589 {
|
|
|
3590 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3591 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3592 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3593 else
|
|
|
3594 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3595 }
|
|
|
3596 else
|
|
|
3597 {
|
|
|
3598 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3599 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3600 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3601 else
|
|
|
3602 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3603 }
|
|
|
3604 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3605 }
|
|
|
3606 }
|
|
|
3607 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3608 }
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 static void
|
|
|
3611 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3612 {
|
|
|
3613 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3614 {
|
|
|
3615 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3616 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3617 {
|
|
|
3618 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3619 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3620 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3621 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3622 }
|
|
|
3623 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3624 {
|
|
|
3625 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3626 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3627 }
|
|
|
3628 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3629 }
|
|
|
3630 }
|
|
|
3631
|
|
|
3632 static void
|
|
|
3633 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3634 {
|
|
|
3635 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3636 {
|
|
|
3637 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3638 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3639 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3640 }
|
|
|
3641 }
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3644
|
|
|
3645 struct name_list
|
|
|
3646 {
|
|
|
3647 int flag;
|
|
|
3648 char *name;
|
|
|
3649 };
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3652
|
|
|
3653 /*
|
|
|
3654 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3655 */
|
|
|
3656 static void
|
|
|
3657 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3658 int id;
|
|
|
3659 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3660 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3661 {
|
|
|
3662 int attr;
|
|
|
3663 int idx;
|
|
|
3664 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3665 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3666 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3667 {
|
|
|
3668 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3669 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3670 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3671 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3672 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3673 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3674 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3675 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3676 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3677 };
|
|
|
3678 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3679 {
|
|
|
3680 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3681 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3682 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3683 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3684 };
|
|
|
3685
|
|
|
3686 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3687
|
|
|
3688 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3689 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3690 {
|
|
134
|
3691 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3692 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
7
|
3693 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3694 }
|
|
|
3695
|
|
|
3696 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3697 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3698 {
|
|
|
3699 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3700 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3701 continue;
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3704 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3705 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3706 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3707 {
|
|
|
3708 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3709 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3710 }
|
|
|
3711 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3712 {
|
|
|
3713 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3714 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3715 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3716 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3717 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3718 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3719 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3720 --idx;
|
|
|
3721 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3722 }
|
|
|
3723 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3724
|
|
|
3725 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3726 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3729 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3730 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3731
|
|
|
3732 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3733 {
|
|
|
3734 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3735 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3736 }
|
|
|
3737 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3738 {
|
|
|
3739 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3740 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3741 else
|
|
|
3742 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3743 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3744 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3745 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3746 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3747 else
|
|
|
3748 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3749 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3750 }
|
|
|
3751 }
|
|
|
3752
|
|
|
3753 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3754 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3755 {
|
|
|
3756 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3757 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3758 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3759 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3760 }
|
|
|
3761 }
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 static void
|
|
|
3764 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3765 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3766 int flags;
|
|
|
3767 int attr;
|
|
|
3768 {
|
|
|
3769 int i;
|
|
|
3770
|
|
|
3771 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3772 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3773 {
|
|
|
3774 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3775 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3776 }
|
|
|
3777 }
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
3779 /*
|
|
|
3780 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3781 */
|
|
|
3782 static void
|
|
|
3783 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3784 int id;
|
|
|
3785 {
|
|
|
3786 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3787
|
|
|
3788 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3789 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3790 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3791
|
|
|
3792 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3793 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3794 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3795 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3798 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3799 {
|
|
|
3800 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3801 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3802 }
|
|
|
3803 else
|
|
|
3804 {
|
|
|
3805 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3806 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3807 }
|
|
|
3808 }
|
|
|
3809
|
|
|
3810 static void
|
|
|
3811 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3812 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3813 short *list;
|
|
|
3814 int attr;
|
|
|
3815 {
|
|
|
3816 short *p;
|
|
|
3817
|
|
|
3818 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3819 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3820 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3821 {
|
|
|
3822 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3823 {
|
|
|
3824 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3825 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3826 else
|
|
|
3827 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3828 }
|
|
|
3829 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3830 {
|
|
|
3831 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3832 }
|
|
|
3833 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3834 {
|
|
|
3835 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3836 }
|
|
|
3837 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3838 {
|
|
|
3839 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3840
|
|
|
3841 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3842 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3843 }
|
|
|
3844 else
|
|
|
3845 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3846 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3847 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3848 }
|
|
|
3849 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3850 }
|
|
|
3851
|
|
|
3852 static void
|
|
|
3853 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3854 char *s;
|
|
|
3855 int c;
|
|
|
3856 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3857 int attr;
|
|
|
3858 {
|
|
|
3859 long n;
|
|
|
3860 int mask;
|
|
|
3861 int first;
|
|
|
3862 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3863 int i;
|
|
|
3864
|
|
|
3865 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3866 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3867 {
|
|
|
3868 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3869 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3870 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3871 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3872 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3873 else
|
|
|
3874 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3875 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3876 }
|
|
|
3877
|
|
|
3878 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3879 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3880 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3881
|
|
|
3882 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3883 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3884 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3885 {
|
|
|
3886 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3887 break;
|
|
|
3888 }
|
|
|
3889 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3890 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3891 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3892
|
|
|
3893 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3894 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3895 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3896 {
|
|
|
3897 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3898 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3899 {
|
|
|
3900 if (!first)
|
|
|
3901 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3902 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3903 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3904 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3905 {
|
|
|
3906 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3907 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3908 else
|
|
|
3909 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3910 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3911 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3912 }
|
|
|
3913 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3914 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3915 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3916 }
|
|
|
3917 }
|
|
|
3918 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3919 }
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 /*
|
|
|
3922 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3923 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3924 */
|
|
|
3925 static int
|
|
134
|
3926 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
7
|
3927 int id;
|
|
134
|
3928 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
7
|
3929 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3930 int attr;
|
|
|
3931 {
|
|
|
3932 int outlen;
|
|
134
|
3933 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3934 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3935 int todo;
|
|
7
|
3936 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3937 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3938 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3939 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3940 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3941 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3942
|
|
|
3943 /*
|
|
|
3944 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
3945 * hash value...
|
|
|
3946 */
|
|
134
|
3947 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3948 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
|
3949 {
|
|
|
3950 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3951 {
|
|
|
3952 --todo;
|
|
|
3953 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3954 {
|
|
134
|
3955 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
7
|
3956 {
|
|
134
|
3957 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3958 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3959 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3960 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3961 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
3962 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
|
3963 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
3964 else
|
|
|
3965 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
3966 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
3967 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
3968 {
|
|
|
3969 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3970 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3971 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3972 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3973 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3974 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3975 }
|
|
|
3976 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3977 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
3978 {
|
|
|
3979 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
3980 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3981 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
3982 }
|
|
|
3983 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
3984 {
|
|
|
3985 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3986 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3987 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3988 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
3989 }
|
|
|
3990 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
3991 {
|
|
|
3992 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3993 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3994 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3995 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3996 {
|
|
|
3997 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
3998 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3999 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
4000 }
|
|
|
4001 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
4002 {
|
|
|
4003 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
4004 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4005 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
4006 }
|
|
|
4007 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
4008 {
|
|
|
4009 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
4010 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4011 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
4012 }
|
|
|
4013 }
|
|
|
4014 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
7
|
4015 }
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017 }
|
|
|
4018 }
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 return did_header;
|
|
|
4021 }
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 static void
|
|
134
|
4024 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
7
|
4025 int id;
|
|
134
|
4026 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4027 {
|
|
|
4028 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4029 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4030 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
|
4031 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4032 int todo;
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
|
4035 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
4036 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4037 {
|
|
|
4038 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4039 {
|
|
|
4040 --todo;
|
|
|
4041 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4042 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
7
|
4043 {
|
|
134
|
4044 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
4045 {
|
|
|
4046 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4047 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
4048 {
|
|
|
4049 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
|
4050 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
|
4051 else
|
|
|
4052 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
|
4053 }
|
|
|
4054 else
|
|
|
4055 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
|
4056 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4057 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4058 vim_free(kp);
|
|
|
4059 kp = kp_next;
|
|
|
4060 }
|
|
7
|
4061 else
|
|
134
|
4062 {
|
|
|
4063 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
|
4064 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4065 }
|
|
7
|
4066 }
|
|
134
|
4067 }
|
|
|
4068 }
|
|
|
4069 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
|
4070 }
|
|
|
4071
|
|
|
4072 /*
|
|
|
4073 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
7
|
4074 */
|
|
|
4075 static void
|
|
134
|
4076 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
|
4077 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4078 {
|
|
|
4079 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4080 int todo;
|
|
|
4081 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4082 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4083
|
|
|
4084 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
4085 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4086 {
|
|
|
4087 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4088 {
|
|
|
4089 --todo;
|
|
|
4090 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4091 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
7
|
4092 {
|
|
134
|
4093 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4094 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4095 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4096 vim_free(kp);
|
|
7
|
4097 }
|
|
134
|
4098 }
|
|
|
4099 }
|
|
|
4100 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
|
4101 hash_init(ht);
|
|
7
|
4102 }
|
|
|
4103
|
|
|
4104 /*
|
|
|
4105 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
4106 */
|
|
|
4107 static void
|
|
|
4108 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
4109 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
4110 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
4111 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
4112 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
4113 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
4114 {
|
|
134
|
4115 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4116 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4117 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
154
|
4118 char_u *name_ic;
|
|
134
|
4119 long_u hash;
|
|
154
|
4120 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
7
|
4121
|
|
|
4122 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
154
|
4123 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
|
4124 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
4125 else
|
|
|
4126 name_ic = name;
|
|
134
|
4127 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
4128 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
|
4129 return;
|
|
|
4130 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
4131 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
4132 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4133 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
|
4134 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4135 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4136 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4137 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
4138
|
|
|
4139 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
4140 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
7
|
4141 else
|
|
134
|
4142 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4145 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4146 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4147 {
|
|
|
4148 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
|
4149 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
|
4150 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4151 }
|
|
|
4152 else
|
|
|
4153 {
|
|
|
4154 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
|
4155 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4156 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
|
4157 }
|
|
7
|
4158 }
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 /*
|
|
|
4161 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4162 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4163 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4164 */
|
|
|
4165 static char_u *
|
|
|
4166 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4167 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4168 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4169 {
|
|
|
4170 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4173 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4174
|
|
|
4175 /*
|
|
|
4176 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4177 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4178 */
|
|
|
4179 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4180 return NULL;
|
|
|
4181 return rest;
|
|
|
4182 }
|
|
|
4183
|
|
|
4184 /*
|
|
|
4185 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4186 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4187 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4188 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4189 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4190 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4191 */
|
|
|
4192 static char_u *
|
|
154
|
4193 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
|
4194 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
|
4195 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
|
4196 {
|
|
7
|
4197 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4198 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4199 int len;
|
|
154
|
4200 char *p;
|
|
7
|
4201 int i;
|
|
|
4202 int fidx;
|
|
|
4203 static struct flag
|
|
|
4204 {
|
|
|
4205 char *name;
|
|
154
|
4206 int argtype;
|
|
|
4207 int flags;
|
|
|
4208 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4209 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4210 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4211 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4212 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4213 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4214 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4215 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4216 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4217 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4218 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4219 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4220 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4221 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
|
4222 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
|
4223 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
7
|
4224 };
|
|
154
|
4225 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
7
|
4226
|
|
|
4227 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4228 return NULL;
|
|
|
4229
|
|
|
4230 for (;;)
|
|
|
4231 {
|
|
154
|
4232 /*
|
|
|
4233 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
|
4234 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
|
4235 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
|
4236 */
|
|
|
4237 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
|
4238 break;
|
|
7
|
4239
|
|
|
4240 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4241 {
|
|
154
|
4242 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
|
4243 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
|
4244 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
|
4245 break;
|
|
|
4246 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|
4247 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
|
4248 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
|
4249 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
7
|
4250 {
|
|
154
|
4251 if (opt->keyword
|
|
|
4252 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4253 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4254 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
7
|
4255 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4256 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4257 break;
|
|
|
4258 }
|
|
|
4259 }
|
|
154
|
4260 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
|
4261 break;
|
|
|
4262
|
|
|
4263 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
|
4264 {
|
|
|
4265 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
7
|
4266 {
|
|
|
4267 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4268 return NULL;
|
|
|
4269 }
|
|
154
|
4270 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4271 return NULL;
|
|
|
4272 }
|
|
154
|
4273 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
|
4274 {
|
|
|
4275 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
|
4276 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4277 {
|
|
|
4278 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4279 return NULL;
|
|
|
4280 }
|
|
154
|
4281 #endif
|
|
|
4282 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4283 return NULL;
|
|
|
4284 }
|
|
154
|
4285 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
|
4286 {
|
|
|
4287 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4288 return NULL;
|
|
|
4289 }
|
|
|
4290 else
|
|
154
|
4291 {
|
|
|
4292 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
|
4293 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4296 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4297 {
|
|
|
4298 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4299 {
|
|
|
4300 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4301 return NULL;
|
|
|
4302 }
|
|
|
4303 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4304 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4305 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4306 return NULL;
|
|
|
4307 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4308 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4309 return NULL;
|
|
|
4310 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4311 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4312 else
|
|
|
4313 {
|
|
|
4314 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4315 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4316 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4317 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4318 {
|
|
|
4319 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4320 break;
|
|
|
4321 }
|
|
|
4322 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4323 {
|
|
|
4324 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4325 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4326 return NULL;
|
|
|
4327 }
|
|
|
4328 }
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4331 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4332 }
|
|
|
4333 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4334 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4335 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4336 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4337 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4338 #endif
|
|
|
4339 }
|
|
|
4340 }
|
|
7
|
4341
|
|
|
4342 return arg;
|
|
|
4343 }
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 /*
|
|
|
4346 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4347 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4348 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4349 */
|
|
|
4350 static void
|
|
|
4351 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4352 int id;
|
|
|
4353 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4354 {
|
|
|
4355 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4356 return;
|
|
|
4357 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4358 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4359 {
|
|
|
4360 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4361 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4362 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4365 {
|
|
|
4366 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4367 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4368 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4369 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371 }
|
|
|
4372 }
|
|
|
4373
|
|
|
4374 /*
|
|
|
4375 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4376 */
|
|
|
4377 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4378 static void
|
|
|
4379 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4380 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4381 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4382 {
|
|
|
4383 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4384 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4385 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4386 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4387 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4388 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4389 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4390 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4393 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4394 return;
|
|
|
4395
|
|
|
4396 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4397 {
|
|
|
4398 ++arg;
|
|
|
4399 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4400 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4401 {
|
|
|
4402 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4403 return;
|
|
|
4404 }
|
|
|
4405 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4406 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4407 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4408 }
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 /*
|
|
|
4411 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4412 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4413 */
|
|
|
4414 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4415 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4416 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4417 {
|
|
|
4418 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4419 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4420 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4421 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4422 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4423 {
|
|
|
4424 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4425 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4426 return;
|
|
|
4427 }
|
|
|
4428 }
|
|
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 /*
|
|
|
4431 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4432 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4433 */
|
|
|
4434 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4435 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4436 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4437 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
|
4438 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL
|
|
480
|
4439 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4440 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4441 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4442 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4443 }
|
|
|
4444
|
|
|
4445 /*
|
|
|
4446 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4447 */
|
|
|
4448 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4449 static void
|
|
|
4450 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4451 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4452 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4453 {
|
|
|
4454 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4455 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4456 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4457 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4458 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4459 char_u *p;
|
|
154
|
4460 char_u *kw;
|
|
|
4461 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
4462 int cnt;
|
|
7
|
4463
|
|
|
4464 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4465
|
|
|
4466 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4467 {
|
|
|
4468 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4469
|
|
|
4470 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4471 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4472 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4473 {
|
|
154
|
4474 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4475 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
|
4476 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4477 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
4478 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4479 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4480
|
|
7
|
4481 /*
|
|
|
4482 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4483 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
154
|
4484 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
7
|
4485 */
|
|
154
|
4486 cnt = 0;
|
|
|
4487 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4488 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
7
|
4489 {
|
|
154
|
4490 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
4491 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4492 break;
|
|
|
4493 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
|
4494 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4495 {
|
|
|
4496 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4497 ++rest;
|
|
|
4498 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4499 }
|
|
|
4500 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4501 ++cnt;
|
|
|
4502 }
|
|
|
4503
|
|
|
4504 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
4505 {
|
|
|
4506 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
|
4507 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
4508
|
|
7
|
4509 /*
|
|
154
|
4510 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
7
|
4511 */
|
|
154
|
4512 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
7
|
4513 {
|
|
154
|
4514 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
7
|
4515 {
|
|
154
|
4516 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4517 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4518 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
|
4519 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
|
4520 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
168
|
4521 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4522 break;
|
|
|
4523 if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4524 {
|
|
|
4525 EMSG2(_("E747: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
|
4526 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
|
154
|
4527 break;
|
|
168
|
4528 }
|
|
|
4529 if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4530 {
|
|
|
4531 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
|
4532 break;
|
|
|
4533 }
|
|
154
|
4534 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4535 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7
|
4536 {
|
|
474
|
4537 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
|
|
154
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4540 p += l;
|
|
|
4541 }
|
|
|
4542 else
|
|
7
|
4543 #endif
|
|
154
|
4544 {
|
|
|
4545 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4546 ++p;
|
|
7
|
4547 }
|
|
|
4548 }
|
|
|
4549 }
|
|
|
4550 }
|
|
154
|
4551
|
|
7
|
4552 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
168
|
4553 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4554 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4555 }
|
|
|
4556 }
|
|
|
4557
|
|
|
4558 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4559 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4560 else
|
|
|
4561 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4562
|
|
|
4563 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4564 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4565 }
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 /*
|
|
|
4568 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4569 *
|
|
|
4570 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4571 */
|
|
|
4572 static void
|
|
|
4573 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4574 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4575 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4576 {
|
|
|
4577 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4578 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4579 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4580 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4581 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4582 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4583 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4584 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4585
|
|
|
4586 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4587 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4588
|
|
|
4589 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4590 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4591 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4592 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
|
4593 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4594 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4595 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4596 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4597 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4598
|
|
|
4599 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4600 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4601 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4602 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
154
|
4603 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4604 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
7
|
4605
|
|
|
4606 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4607 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4608
|
|
|
4609 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4610 {
|
|
|
4611 /*
|
|
|
4612 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4613 */
|
|
|
4614 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4615 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4616 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4617 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4618 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4619 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4620 {
|
|
154
|
4621 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4622 /*
|
|
|
4623 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4624 */
|
|
|
4625 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4626 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4627 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4628 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4629 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4630 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
154
|
4631 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4632 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
154
|
4633 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
|
4634 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4635 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4636 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4637 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4638 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4639 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4640
|
|
|
4641 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
154
|
4642 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
7
|
4643 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4644 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4645 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4646 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4647 #endif
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4650 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4651 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4652 }
|
|
|
4653 }
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 /*
|
|
|
4656 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4657 */
|
|
|
4658 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4659 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
154
|
4660 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4661 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4662 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4663
|
|
|
4664 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4665 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4666 }
|
|
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 /*
|
|
|
4669 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4670 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4671 */
|
|
|
4672 static void
|
|
|
4673 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4674 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4675 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4676 {
|
|
|
4677 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4678 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4679 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4680 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4681 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4682 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4683 int item;
|
|
|
4684 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4685 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4686 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4687 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4688 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4689 {
|
|
|
4690 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4691 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4692 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4693 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4694 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4695 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4696 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4697 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4698 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4699 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4700 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4701 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4702 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4703 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4704 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4707 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4710 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4711 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4714
|
|
154
|
4715 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4716 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4717 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4718 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4719 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4720 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4721 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4722
|
|
7
|
4723 /*
|
|
|
4724 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4725 */
|
|
|
4726 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4727 {
|
|
|
4728 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
154
|
4729 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4730 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4731 break;
|
|
|
4732
|
|
|
4733 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4734 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4735 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4736 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4737 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4738 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4739 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4740 {
|
|
|
4741 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4742 break;
|
|
|
4743 }
|
|
|
4744 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4745 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4746 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4747 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4748 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4749 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4750 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4751 {
|
|
|
4752 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4753 {
|
|
|
4754 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4755 break;
|
|
|
4756 }
|
|
|
4757 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4758 }
|
|
|
4759 else
|
|
|
4760 break;
|
|
|
4761 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4762 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4763 {
|
|
|
4764 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4765 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4766 break;
|
|
|
4767 }
|
|
|
4768 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4769 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4772 break;
|
|
|
4773 }
|
|
|
4774
|
|
|
4775 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4776 {
|
|
|
4777 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4778 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4779 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4780 else
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4783 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4784 {
|
|
|
4785 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4786 break;
|
|
|
4787 }
|
|
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4790 }
|
|
|
4791 else
|
|
|
4792 {
|
|
|
4793 /*
|
|
|
4794 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4795 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4796 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4797 */
|
|
|
4798 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4799 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4800 {
|
|
|
4801 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4802 break;
|
|
|
4803 }
|
|
|
4804 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4805 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4806 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4807 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4808 {
|
|
|
4809 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4810 break;
|
|
|
4811 }
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 /*
|
|
|
4814 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4815 */
|
|
|
4816 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4817 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4818 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4819 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4820 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4821 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4822 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4823 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
154
|
4824 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
7
|
4825 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4826 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4827 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4828 }
|
|
|
4829 }
|
|
|
4830 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4831 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4832 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 /*
|
|
|
4835 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4836 */
|
|
|
4837 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4838 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4839 {
|
|
|
4840 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4841 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4842 }
|
|
|
4843
|
|
|
4844 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4845 {
|
|
|
4846 /*
|
|
|
4847 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4848 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4849 */
|
|
|
4850 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4851 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4852 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4853 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4854 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4855 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4856 {
|
|
154
|
4857 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4858 /*
|
|
|
4859 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4860 */
|
|
|
4861 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4862 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4863 {
|
|
|
4864 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4865 {
|
|
|
4866 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4867 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4868 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4869 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4870 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
154
|
4871 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4872 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4873 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4874 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4875 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4876 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4877 {
|
|
154
|
4878 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
|
4879 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
7
|
4880 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
154
|
4881 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4882 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4883 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4884 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
|
4885 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4886 }
|
|
|
4887 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4888 ++idx;
|
|
|
4889 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4890 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4891 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4892 #endif
|
|
|
4893 }
|
|
|
4894 }
|
|
|
4895
|
|
|
4896 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4897 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4898 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4899 }
|
|
|
4900 }
|
|
|
4901
|
|
|
4902 /*
|
|
|
4903 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4904 */
|
|
|
4905 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4906 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4907 {
|
|
|
4908 if (!success)
|
|
|
4909 {
|
|
|
4910 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4911 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4912 }
|
|
|
4913 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4914 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4915 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4916 }
|
|
|
4917
|
|
|
4918 if (!success)
|
|
|
4919 {
|
|
154
|
4920 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4921 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4922 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4923 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4924 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4925 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4926 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4927 }
|
|
|
4928 }
|
|
|
4929
|
|
|
4930 /*
|
|
|
4931 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4932 */
|
|
|
4933 static int
|
|
|
4934 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4935 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4936 #endif
|
|
|
4937 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4938 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4939 const void *v2;
|
|
|
4940 {
|
|
|
4941 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
4942 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
4945 }
|
|
|
4946
|
|
|
4947 /*
|
|
|
4948 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
4949 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
4950 */
|
|
|
4951 static void
|
|
|
4952 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
4953 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
4954 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
4955 int list_op;
|
|
|
4956 {
|
|
|
4957 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
4958 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
4959 short *g1;
|
|
|
4960 short *g2;
|
|
|
4961 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4962 int count;
|
|
|
4963 int round;
|
|
|
4964
|
|
|
4965 /*
|
|
|
4966 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
4967 */
|
|
|
4968 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4969 return;
|
|
|
4970 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4971 {
|
|
|
4972 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4973 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4974 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4975 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4976 else
|
|
|
4977 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4978 return;
|
|
|
4979 }
|
|
|
4980
|
|
|
4981 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
4982 ++count1;
|
|
|
4983 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
4984 ++count2;
|
|
|
4985
|
|
|
4986 /*
|
|
|
4987 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
4988 */
|
|
|
4989 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4990 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4991
|
|
|
4992 /*
|
|
|
4993 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
4994 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
4995 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
4996 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
4997 */
|
|
|
4998 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
4999 {
|
|
|
5000 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
5001 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
5002 count = 0;
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 /*
|
|
|
5005 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
5006 */
|
|
|
5007 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
5008 {
|
|
|
5009 /*
|
|
|
5010 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
5011 */
|
|
|
5012 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
5013 {
|
|
|
5014 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5015 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5016 count++;
|
|
|
5017 g1++;
|
|
|
5018 continue;
|
|
|
5019 }
|
|
|
5020 /*
|
|
|
5021 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
5022 * lists.
|
|
|
5023 */
|
|
|
5024 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5025 {
|
|
|
5026 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5027 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5028 count++;
|
|
|
5029 }
|
|
|
5030 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
5031 g1++;
|
|
|
5032 g2++;
|
|
|
5033 }
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 /*
|
|
|
5036 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
5037 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
5038 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
5039 */
|
|
|
5040 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
5041 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5042 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5043 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5044 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
5045 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5046 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5047
|
|
|
5048 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5049 {
|
|
|
5050 /*
|
|
|
5051 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
5052 * space for it.
|
|
|
5053 */
|
|
|
5054 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
5055 {
|
|
|
5056 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
5057 break;
|
|
|
5058 }
|
|
|
5059 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5060 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
5061 break;
|
|
|
5062 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
5063 }
|
|
|
5064 }
|
|
|
5065
|
|
|
5066 /*
|
|
|
5067 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
5068 */
|
|
|
5069 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5070 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5071 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
5072 }
|
|
|
5073
|
|
|
5074 /*
|
|
|
5075 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5076 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
5077 */
|
|
|
5078 static int
|
|
|
5079 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
5080 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5081 {
|
|
|
5082 int i;
|
|
|
5083 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
5086 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5087 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
5088 return 0;
|
|
|
5089 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5090 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
5091 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
5092 break;
|
|
|
5093 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
5094 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
5095 }
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 /*
|
|
|
5098 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
5099 */
|
|
|
5100 static int
|
|
|
5101 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
5102 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
5103 int len;
|
|
|
5104 {
|
|
|
5105 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5106 int id = 0;
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
5109 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
5110 {
|
|
|
5111 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5112 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5113 }
|
|
|
5114 return id;
|
|
|
5115 }
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 /*
|
|
|
5118 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5119 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
5120 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
5121 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5122 */
|
|
|
5123 static int
|
|
|
5124 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
5125 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
5126 int len;
|
|
|
5127 {
|
|
|
5128 int id;
|
|
|
5129 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5130
|
|
|
5131 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
5132 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5133 return 0;
|
|
|
5134
|
|
|
5135 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5136 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
5137 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
5138 else
|
|
|
5139 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5140 return id;
|
|
|
5141 }
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 /*
|
|
|
5144 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5145 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
5146 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5147 */
|
|
|
5148 static int
|
|
|
5149 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
221
|
5150 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5151 {
|
|
|
5152 int len;
|
|
7
|
5153
|
|
|
5154 /*
|
|
|
5155 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5156 */
|
|
|
5157 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5158 {
|
|
221
|
5159 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
|
7
|
5160 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5161 }
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 /*
|
|
|
5164 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5165 */
|
|
|
5166 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5167 {
|
|
|
5168 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5169 return 0;
|
|
|
5170 }
|
|
|
5171 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5172
|
|
221
|
5173 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
|
7
|
5174 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5175 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5176 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5177 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5178
|
|
221
|
5179 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
|
5180 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
227
|
5181 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
|
5182 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
221
|
5183
|
|
7
|
5184 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5185 }
|
|
|
5186
|
|
|
5187 /*
|
|
|
5188 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5189 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5190 */
|
|
|
5191 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5192 static void
|
|
|
5193 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5194 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5195 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5196 {
|
|
|
5197 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5198 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5199 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5200 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5201 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5202 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5203 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5204 int list_op;
|
|
|
5205
|
|
|
5206 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5207 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5208 return;
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5211
|
|
|
5212 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5213 {
|
|
|
5214 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
221
|
5215 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
7
|
5216
|
|
|
5217 for (;;)
|
|
|
5218 {
|
|
|
5219 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5220 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5221 {
|
|
|
5222 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5223 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5224 }
|
|
|
5225 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5226 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5227 {
|
|
|
5228 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5229 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5230 }
|
|
|
5231 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5232 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5233 {
|
|
|
5234 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5235 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5236 }
|
|
|
5237 else
|
|
|
5238 break;
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5241 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5242 {
|
|
|
5243 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5244 break;
|
|
|
5245 }
|
|
|
5246 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5247 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5248 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5249 }
|
|
|
5250
|
|
|
5251 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5252 {
|
|
|
5253 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5254 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5255 }
|
|
|
5256 }
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5259 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5260 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5261 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5262 }
|
|
|
5263
|
|
|
5264 /*
|
|
|
5265 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5266 */
|
|
|
5267 static void
|
|
|
5268 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5269 {
|
|
|
5270 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5271 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5272 }
|
|
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 /*
|
|
|
5275 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5276 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5277 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5278 */
|
|
|
5279 static char_u *
|
|
|
5280 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5281 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5282 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5283 {
|
|
|
5284 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5285 int *p;
|
|
|
5286 int idx;
|
|
|
5287 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5288
|
|
|
5289 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5290 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5291 return NULL;
|
|
|
5292
|
|
|
5293 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5294 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5295 {
|
|
|
5296 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5297 return NULL;
|
|
|
5298 }
|
|
|
5299 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5300 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5301 return NULL;
|
|
|
5302
|
|
|
5303 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5304 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5305 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5306 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5307 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5308
|
|
|
5309 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5310 return NULL;
|
|
|
5311 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 /*
|
|
|
5314 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5315 */
|
|
|
5316 ++end;
|
|
|
5317 do
|
|
|
5318 {
|
|
|
5319 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5320 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5321 break;
|
|
|
5322 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5323 {
|
|
|
5324 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5325 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5326 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5327 {
|
|
|
5328 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5329 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5330 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5331 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5332 }
|
|
|
5333 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5334 {
|
|
|
5335 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5336 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5337 {
|
|
|
5338 end += 3;
|
|
|
5339 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5340
|
|
|
5341 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5342 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5343 {
|
|
|
5344 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5345 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5346 }
|
|
|
5347 }
|
|
|
5348 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5349 {
|
|
|
5350 end += 4;
|
|
|
5351 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5352 {
|
|
|
5353 ++end;
|
|
|
5354 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5355 }
|
|
|
5356 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 ++end;
|
|
|
5359 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5360 }
|
|
|
5361 }
|
|
|
5362 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5363 break;
|
|
|
5364 ++end;
|
|
|
5365 }
|
|
|
5366 }
|
|
|
5367 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5370 {
|
|
|
5371 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5372 return NULL;
|
|
|
5373 }
|
|
|
5374 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5375 }
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 /*
|
|
|
5378 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5379 */
|
|
|
5380 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5381 static void
|
|
|
5382 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5383 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5384 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5385 {
|
|
|
5386 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5387 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5388 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5389 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5390 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5391 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5392 long n;
|
|
|
5393 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5396 {
|
|
|
5397 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5398 return;
|
|
|
5399 }
|
|
|
5400
|
|
|
5401 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5402 {
|
|
|
5403 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5404 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5405 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5406 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5407 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5410 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5411 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5412 {
|
|
|
5413 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5414 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5415 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5416 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5417 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5418 }
|
|
|
5419 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5420 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5421 }
|
|
|
5422 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5423 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5424 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5425 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5426 {
|
|
|
5427 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5428 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5429 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5430 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5431 else
|
|
|
5432 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5433 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5434 {
|
|
|
5435 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5436 break;
|
|
|
5437 }
|
|
|
5438 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5439 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5440 {
|
|
|
5441 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5442 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5443 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5444 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5445 else
|
|
|
5446 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5447 }
|
|
|
5448 }
|
|
|
5449 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5450 {
|
|
|
5451 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5452 {
|
|
|
5453 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5454 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5455 }
|
|
|
5456 }
|
|
|
5457 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5458 {
|
|
|
5459 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5460 {
|
|
|
5461 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5462 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5463 break;
|
|
|
5464 }
|
|
|
5465 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5466 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5467 {
|
|
|
5468 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5469 break;
|
|
|
5470 }
|
|
|
5471
|
|
|
5472 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5473 {
|
|
|
5474 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5475 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5476 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5477 {
|
|
|
5478 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5479 break;
|
|
|
5480 }
|
|
|
5481 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5484 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5485 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5486 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5487 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5488 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5489
|
|
|
5490 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5491 {
|
|
|
5492 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5493 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5494 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5495 break;
|
|
|
5496 }
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5499 }
|
|
|
5500 else
|
|
|
5501 {
|
|
|
5502 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5503 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5504 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5505 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5506 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5507 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5508 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5509 else
|
|
|
5510 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5511 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5512 break;
|
|
|
5513 }
|
|
|
5514 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5515 }
|
|
|
5516 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5517 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5518 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5519 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5520 {
|
|
|
5521 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
|
5522 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5523 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5524 }
|
|
|
5525 }
|
|
|
5526
|
|
|
5527 /*
|
|
|
5528 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5529 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5530 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5531 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5532 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5533 */
|
|
|
5534 static int
|
|
|
5535 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5536 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5537 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5538 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5539 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5540 {
|
|
|
5541 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5542 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5543 int round;
|
|
|
5544 int count;
|
|
|
5545 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5546 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5547 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5548 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5549 int id;
|
|
|
5550 int i;
|
|
|
5551 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 /*
|
|
|
5554 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5555 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5556 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5557 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5558 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5559 */
|
|
|
5560 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5561 {
|
|
|
5562 /*
|
|
|
5563 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5564 */
|
|
|
5565 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5566 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5567 {
|
|
|
5568 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5569 break;
|
|
|
5570 }
|
|
|
5571 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5572 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5573 {
|
|
|
5574 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5575 break;
|
|
|
5576 }
|
|
|
5577
|
|
|
5578 /*
|
|
|
5579 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5580 */
|
|
|
5581 count = 0;
|
|
|
5582 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5583 {
|
|
|
5584 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5585 ;
|
|
|
5586 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5587 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5588 {
|
|
|
5589 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5590 break;
|
|
|
5591 }
|
|
419
|
5592 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
7
|
5593 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5594 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5595 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5596 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5597 {
|
|
|
5598 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5599 {
|
|
|
5600 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5601 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5602 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5603 break;
|
|
|
5604 }
|
|
|
5605 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5606 {
|
|
|
5607 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5608 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5609 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5610 break;
|
|
|
5611 }
|
|
|
5612 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5613 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5614 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5615 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5616 else
|
|
|
5617 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5618 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5619 }
|
|
|
5620 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5621 {
|
|
|
5622 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5623 }
|
|
|
5624 else
|
|
|
5625 {
|
|
|
5626 /*
|
|
|
5627 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5628 */
|
|
|
5629 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5630 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5631 else
|
|
|
5632 {
|
|
|
5633 /*
|
|
|
5634 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5635 */
|
|
|
5636 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5637 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5638 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5639 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5640 {
|
|
|
5641 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5642 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5643 break;
|
|
|
5644 }
|
|
|
5645
|
|
|
5646 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5647 id = 0;
|
|
|
5648 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5649 {
|
|
|
5650 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5651 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5652 {
|
|
|
5653 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5654 {
|
|
|
5655 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5656 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5657 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5658 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5659 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5660 {
|
|
|
5661 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5662 round = 1;
|
|
|
5663 }
|
|
|
5664 else
|
|
|
5665 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5666 }
|
|
|
5667 ++count;
|
|
|
5668 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5669 }
|
|
|
5670 }
|
|
|
5671 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5672 }
|
|
|
5673 }
|
|
|
5674 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5675 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5676 {
|
|
|
5677 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5678 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5679 break;
|
|
|
5680 }
|
|
|
5681 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5682 {
|
|
|
5683 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5684 {
|
|
|
5685 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5686 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5687 {
|
|
|
5688 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5689 round = 1;
|
|
|
5690 }
|
|
|
5691 else
|
|
|
5692 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5693 }
|
|
|
5694 ++count;
|
|
|
5695 }
|
|
|
5696 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5697 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5698 break;
|
|
|
5699 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5700 }
|
|
|
5701 if (failed)
|
|
|
5702 break;
|
|
|
5703 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5704 {
|
|
|
5705 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5706 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5707 break;
|
|
|
5708 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5709 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5710 }
|
|
|
5711 }
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5714 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5715 {
|
|
|
5716 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5717 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5718 }
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5721 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5722 else
|
|
|
5723 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5724
|
|
|
5725 return OK;
|
|
|
5726 }
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 /*
|
|
|
5729 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5730 */
|
|
|
5731 static short *
|
|
|
5732 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5733 short *list;
|
|
|
5734 {
|
|
|
5735 int len;
|
|
|
5736 int count;
|
|
|
5737 short *retval;
|
|
|
5738
|
|
|
5739 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5740 return NULL;
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5743 ;
|
|
|
5744 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5745 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5746 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5747 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5748
|
|
|
5749 return retval;
|
|
|
5750 }
|
|
|
5751
|
|
|
5752 /*
|
|
|
5753 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5754 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5755 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5756 * the current item.
|
|
|
5757 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5758 */
|
|
|
5759 static int
|
|
|
5760 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5761 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5762 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5763 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5764 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5765 {
|
|
|
5766 int retval;
|
|
|
5767 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5768 short item;
|
|
|
5769 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5770 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5771 int r;
|
|
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
36
|
5774 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
|
5775 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
7
|
5776 {
|
|
|
5777 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5778 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5779 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5780 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5781 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5782 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5783 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5784 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5785 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5786 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5787 }
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5790 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5791
|
|
|
5792 /*
|
|
|
5793 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5794 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5795 */
|
|
|
5796 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5797 return !contained;
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 /*
|
|
|
5800 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5801 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5802 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5803 */
|
|
|
5804 item = *list;
|
|
|
5805 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5806 {
|
|
|
5807 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5808 {
|
|
|
5809 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5810 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5811 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5812 }
|
|
|
5813 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5814 {
|
|
|
5815 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5816 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5817 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5818 }
|
|
|
5819 else
|
|
|
5820 {
|
|
|
5821 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5822 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5823 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5824 }
|
|
|
5825 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5826 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5827 }
|
|
|
5828 else
|
|
|
5829 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5830
|
|
|
5831 /*
|
|
|
5832 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5833 */
|
|
|
5834 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5835 {
|
|
|
5836 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5837 return retval;
|
|
|
5838 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5841 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5842 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5843 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5844 {
|
|
|
5845 ++depth;
|
|
|
5846 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5847 --depth;
|
|
|
5848 if (r)
|
|
|
5849 return retval;
|
|
|
5850 }
|
|
|
5851 }
|
|
|
5852 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5853 }
|
|
|
5854 return !retval;
|
|
|
5855 }
|
|
|
5856
|
|
|
5857 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5858 {
|
|
|
5859 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5860 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5861 };
|
|
|
5862
|
|
|
5863 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5864 {
|
|
|
5865 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5866 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5867 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5868 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5869 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5870 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5871 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5872 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5873 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5874 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5875 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5876 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5877 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
419
|
5878 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
|
|
7
|
5879 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5880 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5881 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5882 };
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 /*
|
|
|
5885 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5886 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5887 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5888 */
|
|
|
5889 void
|
|
|
5890 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5891 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5892 {
|
|
|
5893 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5894 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5895 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5896 int i;
|
|
|
5897
|
|
|
5898 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5899
|
|
|
5900 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5901 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5902 ;
|
|
|
5903 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5904 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5905 {
|
|
|
5906 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5907 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5908 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5909 {
|
|
|
5910 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5911 {
|
|
|
5912 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5913 break;
|
|
|
5914 }
|
|
|
5915 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5916 {
|
|
|
5917 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5918 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5919 break;
|
|
|
5920 }
|
|
|
5921 }
|
|
|
5922 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5923 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5924 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5925 }
|
|
|
5926 }
|
|
|
5927
|
|
|
5928 int
|
|
|
5929 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5930 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5931 {
|
|
|
5932 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5933 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
134
|
5934 || curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
5935 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
5936 }
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5939
|
|
|
5940 static enum
|
|
|
5941 {
|
|
|
5942 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
5943 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
5944 } expand_what;
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946
|
|
|
5947 /*
|
|
|
5948 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
5949 */
|
|
|
5950 void
|
|
|
5951 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
5952 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5953 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5954 {
|
|
|
5955 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
5958 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
5959 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
5960 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
5961 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
5962 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
5963
|
|
|
5964 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
5965 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
5966 {
|
|
|
5967 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
5968 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
5969 {
|
|
|
5970 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5971 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
5972 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5973 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5974 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
5975 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5976 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5977 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5978 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5979 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
5980 else
|
|
|
5981 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5982 }
|
|
|
5983 }
|
|
|
5984 }
|
|
|
5985
|
|
|
5986 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
5987
|
|
|
5988 /*
|
|
|
5989 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
5990 * expansion.
|
|
|
5991 */
|
|
|
5992 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5993 char_u *
|
|
|
5994 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
5995 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5996 int idx;
|
|
|
5997 {
|
|
|
5998 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
5999 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
6000 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
6001 }
|
|
|
6002
|
|
|
6003 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
6004
|
|
|
6005 /*
|
|
|
6006 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
6007 */
|
|
|
6008 int
|
|
499
|
6009 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp)
|
|
|
6010 win_T *wp;
|
|
7
|
6011 long lnum;
|
|
253
|
6012 colnr_T col;
|
|
7
|
6013 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
253
|
6014 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
6015 {
|
|
|
6016 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
6017 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
499
|
6018 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
7
|
6019 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
253
|
6020 || col < current_col)
|
|
499
|
6021 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
7
|
6022
|
|
253
|
6023 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp);
|
|
7
|
6024
|
|
|
6025 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
6026 }
|
|
|
6027
|
|
|
6028 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6029 /*
|
|
|
6030 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
6031 */
|
|
|
6032 int
|
|
|
6033 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
6034 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
6035 long lnum;
|
|
|
6036 {
|
|
|
6037 int level = 0;
|
|
|
6038 int i;
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
6041 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
6042 {
|
|
|
6043 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
6044
|
|
|
6045 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6046 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
6047 ++level;
|
|
|
6048 }
|
|
|
6049 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
|
6050 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
|
6051 return level;
|
|
|
6052 }
|
|
|
6053 #endif
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 /**************************************
|
|
|
6059 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
6060 **************************************/
|
|
|
6061
|
|
|
6062 /*
|
|
|
6063 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
6064 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
6065 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
|
6066 */
|
|
|
6067 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
6068 {
|
|
|
6069 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6070 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
|
6071 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
|
6072 #endif
|
|
|
6073 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White",
|
|
|
6074 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6075 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
|
6076 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6077 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
6078 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6079 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6080 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold",
|
|
|
6081 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red",
|
|
540
|
6082 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6083 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey",
|
|
677
|
6084 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
|
6085 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
694
|
6086 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan",
|
|
7
|
6087 NULL
|
|
|
6088 };
|
|
|
6089
|
|
|
6090 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
6091 {
|
|
|
6092 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6093 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown",
|
|
|
6094 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6095 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6096 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6097 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE",
|
|
221
|
6098 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
386
|
6099 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl",
|
|
221
|
6100 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6101 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
540
|
6102 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6103 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey",
|
|
7
|
6104 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6105 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6106 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6107 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6108 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6109 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6110 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
523
|
6111 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guibg=LightGrey",
|
|
7
|
6112 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6113 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6114 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan",
|
|
683
|
6115 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey",
|
|
7
|
6116 NULL
|
|
|
6117 };
|
|
|
6118
|
|
|
6119 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
6120 {
|
|
|
6121 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6122 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow",
|
|
|
6123 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6124 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6125 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green",
|
|
|
6126 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6127 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan",
|
|
221
|
6128 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
386
|
6129 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl",
|
|
221
|
6130 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6131 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
540
|
6132 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta",
|
|
697
|
6133 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey",
|
|
7
|
6134 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6135 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6136 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6137 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6138 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6139 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
523
|
6140 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guibg=DarkGrey",
|
|
7
|
6141 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6142 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6143 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan",
|
|
683
|
6144 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey",
|
|
7
|
6145 NULL
|
|
|
6146 };
|
|
|
6147
|
|
|
6148 void
|
|
|
6149 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
6150 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
6151 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
6152 {
|
|
|
6153 int i;
|
|
|
6154 char **pp;
|
|
|
6155 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
6156 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6157 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6158
|
|
|
6159 /*
|
|
|
6160 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
6161 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
6162 */
|
|
|
6163 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
6164 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
6165 return;
|
|
|
6166 #endif
|
|
|
6167
|
|
|
6168 /*
|
|
|
6169 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
6170 */
|
|
|
6171 if (both)
|
|
|
6172 {
|
|
|
6173 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
6174 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
6175 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6176 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6177 }
|
|
|
6178 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6179 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6180 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6181 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6182 return;
|
|
|
6183
|
|
|
6184 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6185 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6186 else
|
|
|
6187 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6188 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6189 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6190
|
|
527
|
6191 /* Magenta background looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors.
|
|
|
6192 * Thus let it depend on the number of colors available. */
|
|
|
6193 if (t_colors > 8)
|
|
|
6194 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' ? "Visual ctermbg=LightGrey"
|
|
|
6195 : "Visual ctermbg=DarkGrey"), reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6196
|
|
7
|
6197 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6198 /*
|
|
|
6199 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6200 */
|
|
|
6201 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
24
|
6202 {
|
|
|
6203 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
6204
|
|
|
6205 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
|
6206 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
|
6207 else
|
|
|
6208 {
|
|
|
6209 ++recursive;
|
|
480
|
6210 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
24
|
6211 --recursive;
|
|
|
6212 }
|
|
|
6213 }
|
|
7
|
6214 #endif
|
|
|
6215 }
|
|
|
6216
|
|
|
6217 /*
|
|
12
|
6218 * Load color file "name".
|
|
7
|
6219 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6220 */
|
|
|
6221 int
|
|
12
|
6222 load_colors(name)
|
|
|
6223 char_u *name;
|
|
7
|
6224 {
|
|
|
6225 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6226 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6227 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6228
|
|
|
6229 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6230 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6231 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6232 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6233 return OK;
|
|
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
12
|
6236 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
7
|
6237 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6238 {
|
|
12
|
6239 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
480
|
6240 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6241 vim_free(buf);
|
|
12
|
6242 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6243 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6244 #endif
|
|
7
|
6245 }
|
|
|
6246 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6247
|
|
|
6248 return retval;
|
|
|
6249 }
|
|
|
6250
|
|
|
6251 /*
|
|
|
6252 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6253 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6254 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6255 */
|
|
|
6256 void
|
|
|
6257 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6258 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6259 int forceit;
|
|
|
6260 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6261 {
|
|
|
6262 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6263 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6264 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6265 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6266 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6267 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6268 long i;
|
|
|
6269 int off;
|
|
|
6270 int len;
|
|
|
6271 int attr;
|
|
|
6272 int id;
|
|
|
6273 int idx;
|
|
|
6274 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6275 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6276 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6277 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6278 int color;
|
|
|
6279 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6280 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6281 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6282 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6283 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6284 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6285 #else
|
|
|
6286 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6287 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6288 #endif
|
|
|
6289
|
|
|
6290 /*
|
|
|
6291 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6292 */
|
|
|
6293 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6294 {
|
|
|
6295 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6296 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6297 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6298 return;
|
|
|
6299 }
|
|
|
6300
|
|
|
6301 /*
|
|
|
6302 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6303 */
|
|
|
6304 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6305 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6306
|
|
|
6307 /*
|
|
|
6308 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6309 */
|
|
|
6310 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6311 {
|
|
|
6312 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6313 line = linep;
|
|
|
6314 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6315 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6316 }
|
|
|
6317
|
|
|
6318 /*
|
|
|
6319 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6320 */
|
|
|
6321 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6322 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6323 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6324 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6325
|
|
|
6326 /*
|
|
|
6327 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6328 */
|
|
|
6329 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6330 {
|
|
|
6331 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6332 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6333 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6334 else
|
|
|
6335 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6336 return;
|
|
|
6337 }
|
|
|
6338
|
|
|
6339 /*
|
|
|
6340 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6341 */
|
|
|
6342 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6343 {
|
|
|
6344 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6345 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6346 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6347 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6348 int from_id;
|
|
|
6349 int to_id;
|
|
|
6350
|
|
|
6351 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6352 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6353 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6354
|
|
|
6355 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6356 {
|
|
|
6357 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6358 from_start);
|
|
|
6359 return;
|
|
|
6360 }
|
|
|
6361
|
|
|
6362 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6363 {
|
|
|
6364 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6365 return;
|
|
|
6366 }
|
|
|
6367
|
|
|
6368 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6369 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6370 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6371 else
|
|
|
6372 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6373
|
|
|
6374 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6375 {
|
|
|
6376 /*
|
|
|
6377 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6378 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6379 */
|
|
|
6380 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6381 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6382 {
|
|
|
6383 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6384 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6385 }
|
|
|
6386 else
|
|
|
6387 {
|
|
|
6388 if (!init)
|
|
|
6389 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6390 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
448
|
6391 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6392 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
6393 #endif
|
|
7
|
6394 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
6395 }
|
|
|
6396 }
|
|
|
6397
|
|
|
6398 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6399 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6400
|
|
|
6401 return;
|
|
|
6402 }
|
|
|
6403
|
|
|
6404 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6405 {
|
|
|
6406 /*
|
|
|
6407 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6408 */
|
|
|
6409 line = linep;
|
|
|
6410 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6411 {
|
|
|
6412 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6413 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6414 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6415 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6416 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6417 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6418 */
|
|
|
6419 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6420 {
|
|
|
6421 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6422 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6423 # endif
|
|
|
6424 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6425 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6426 # endif
|
|
|
6427 }
|
|
|
6428 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6429 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6430 # endif
|
|
|
6431 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6432 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6433
|
|
|
6434 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6435 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6436 */
|
|
|
6437 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6438 # endif
|
|
|
6439 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6440 {
|
|
|
6441 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6442 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6443 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6444 # endif
|
|
|
6445 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6446 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6447 # endif
|
|
|
6448 }
|
|
|
6449 # endif
|
|
|
6450
|
|
|
6451 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6452 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6453 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6454 */
|
|
|
6455 #endif
|
|
|
6456 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
148
|
6457 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
6458 #endif
|
|
|
6459 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6460
|
|
|
6461 /*
|
|
|
6462 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6463 */
|
|
|
6464 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6465 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6466 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6467 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6468 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6469 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6470 #endif
|
|
|
6471 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6472 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6473 return;
|
|
|
6474 }
|
|
|
6475 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6476 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6477 }
|
|
|
6478
|
|
|
6479 /*
|
|
|
6480 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6481 */
|
|
|
6482 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6483 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6484 return;
|
|
|
6485 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6486
|
|
|
6487 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6488 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6489 return;
|
|
|
6490
|
|
|
6491 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6492 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6493 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6494 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6495 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6496 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6497 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6498 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6499 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6500 #endif
|
|
|
6501
|
|
|
6502 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6503 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6504 {
|
|
|
6505 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6506 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6507 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6508 }
|
|
|
6509
|
|
|
6510 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6511 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6512 {
|
|
|
6513 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6514 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6515 {
|
|
|
6516 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6517 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6518 break;
|
|
|
6519 }
|
|
|
6520
|
|
|
6521 /*
|
|
|
6522 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6523 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6524 */
|
|
|
6525 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6526 ++linep;
|
|
|
6527 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6528 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6529 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6530 {
|
|
|
6531 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6532 break;
|
|
|
6533 }
|
|
|
6534 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6535
|
|
|
6536 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6537 {
|
|
|
6538 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6539 {
|
|
|
6540 if (!init)
|
|
|
6541 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6542 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6543 }
|
|
|
6544 continue;
|
|
|
6545 }
|
|
|
6546
|
|
|
6547 /*
|
|
|
6548 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6549 */
|
|
|
6550 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6551 {
|
|
|
6552 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6553 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6554 break;
|
|
|
6555 }
|
|
|
6556 ++linep;
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 /*
|
|
|
6559 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6560 */
|
|
|
6561 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6562 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6563 {
|
|
|
6564 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6565 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6566 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6567 {
|
|
|
6568 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6569 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6570 break;
|
|
|
6571 }
|
|
|
6572 }
|
|
|
6573 else
|
|
|
6574 {
|
|
|
6575 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6576 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6577 }
|
|
|
6578 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6579 {
|
|
|
6580 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6581 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6582 break;
|
|
|
6583 }
|
|
|
6584 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6585 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6586 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6587 {
|
|
|
6588 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6589 break;
|
|
|
6590 }
|
|
|
6591 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6592 ++linep;
|
|
|
6593
|
|
|
6594 /*
|
|
|
6595 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6596 */
|
|
|
6597 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6598 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6599 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6600 {
|
|
|
6601 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6602 off = 0;
|
|
|
6603 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6604 {
|
|
|
6605 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6606 {
|
|
|
6607 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6608 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6609 {
|
|
|
6610 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6611 off += len;
|
|
|
6612 break;
|
|
|
6613 }
|
|
|
6614 }
|
|
|
6615 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6616 {
|
|
|
6617 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6618 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6619 break;
|
|
|
6620 }
|
|
|
6621 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6622 ++off;
|
|
|
6623 }
|
|
|
6624 if (error)
|
|
|
6625 break;
|
|
|
6626 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6627 {
|
|
|
6628 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6629 {
|
|
|
6630 if (!init)
|
|
|
6631 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6632 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6633 }
|
|
|
6634 }
|
|
|
6635 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6636 {
|
|
|
6637 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6638 {
|
|
|
6639 if (!init)
|
|
|
6640 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6641 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6642 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6643 }
|
|
|
6644 }
|
|
|
6645 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6646 else
|
|
|
6647 {
|
|
|
6648 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6649 {
|
|
|
6650 if (!init)
|
|
|
6651 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6652 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6653 }
|
|
|
6654 }
|
|
|
6655 #endif
|
|
|
6656 }
|
|
|
6657 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6658 {
|
|
|
6659 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6660 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6661 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6662 {
|
|
|
6663 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6664 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6665 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6666 }
|
|
|
6667 else
|
|
|
6668 {
|
|
|
6669 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6670 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6671 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6672 # endif
|
|
|
6673 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6674 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6675 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6676 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6677 */
|
|
|
6678
|
|
|
6679 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6680 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6681 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6682 # endif
|
|
|
6683 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6684 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6685
|
|
|
6686 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6687 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6688 {
|
|
|
6689 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6690 * one.
|
|
|
6691 */
|
|
|
6692 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6693 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6694 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6695 }
|
|
|
6696 else
|
|
|
6697 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6698 # endif
|
|
|
6699 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6700 {
|
|
|
6701 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6702 * one.
|
|
|
6703 */
|
|
|
6704 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6705 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6706 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6707 }
|
|
|
6708 else
|
|
|
6709 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6710 }
|
|
|
6711 #endif
|
|
|
6712 }
|
|
|
6713 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6714 {
|
|
|
6715 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6716 {
|
|
|
6717 if (!init)
|
|
|
6718 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6719
|
|
|
6720 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6721 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6722 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6723 {
|
|
|
6724 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6725 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6726 }
|
|
|
6727
|
|
|
6728 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6729 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6730 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6731 {
|
|
|
6732 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6733 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6734 else
|
|
|
6735 {
|
|
|
6736 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6737 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6738 break;
|
|
|
6739 }
|
|
|
6740 }
|
|
|
6741 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6742 {
|
|
|
6743 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6744 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6745 else
|
|
|
6746 {
|
|
|
6747 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6748 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6749 break;
|
|
|
6750 }
|
|
|
6751 }
|
|
|
6752 else
|
|
|
6753 {
|
|
|
6754 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
6755 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6756 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
6757 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
6758 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6759 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
6760 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
6761 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
6762 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
6763 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
6764 7, 7,
|
|
|
6765 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
6766 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
6767 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
6768 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6769 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
6770 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6771 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
6772 84, 84,
|
|
|
6773 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
6774 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
6775 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
6776 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6777 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
6778 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6779 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
6780 248, 248,
|
|
|
6781 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
6782 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
6783 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
6784 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6785 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
6786 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6787 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
6788 7, 7,
|
|
|
6789 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
6790 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
6791 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
6792 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
6793 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6794 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
6795 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
6796 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
6797 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
6798 #endif
|
|
|
6799
|
|
|
6800 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
6801 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
6802 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6803 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
6804 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
6805 break;
|
|
|
6806 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6807 {
|
|
|
6808 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6809 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6810 break;
|
|
|
6811 }
|
|
|
6812
|
|
|
6813 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
6814 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
6815 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
6816 {
|
|
|
6817 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
6818 {
|
|
|
6819 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
6820 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6821 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
6822 #else
|
|
|
6823 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6824 #endif
|
|
|
6825 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6826 {
|
|
|
6827 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
6828 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
6829 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
6830 {
|
|
|
6831 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6832 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
6833 }
|
|
|
6834 else
|
|
|
6835 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6836 }
|
|
|
6837 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
6838 }
|
|
|
6839 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
6840 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
6841 {
|
|
|
6842 /*
|
|
|
6843 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
6844 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
6845 * order for colors.
|
|
|
6846 */
|
|
|
6847 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
6848 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
6849 else
|
|
|
6850 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
6851 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
6852 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
6853 {
|
|
|
6854 case 16:
|
|
|
6855 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6856 break;
|
|
|
6857 case 88:
|
|
|
6858 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
6859 break;
|
|
|
6860 case 256:
|
|
|
6861 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
6862 break;
|
|
|
6863 }
|
|
|
6864 }
|
|
|
6865 }
|
|
|
6866 }
|
|
|
6867 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
6868 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6869 {
|
|
|
6870 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6871 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6872 {
|
|
|
6873 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6874 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
6875 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6876 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6877 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6878 #endif
|
|
|
6879 {
|
|
|
6880 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6881 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6882 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
6883 }
|
|
|
6884 }
|
|
|
6885 }
|
|
|
6886 else
|
|
|
6887 {
|
|
|
6888 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6889 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6890 {
|
|
|
6891 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6892 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6893 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6894 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6895 #endif
|
|
|
6896 {
|
|
|
6897 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6898 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6899 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
6900 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
6901 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
6902 else
|
|
|
6903 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
6904 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
6905 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
6906 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
6907 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
6908 }
|
|
|
6909 }
|
|
|
6910 }
|
|
|
6911 }
|
|
|
6912 }
|
|
|
6913 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
6914 {
|
|
|
6915 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6916 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6917 {
|
|
205
|
6918 if (!init)
|
|
|
6919 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6920
|
|
|
6921 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6922 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6923 {
|
|
|
6924 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
6925 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
6926 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
6927 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6928 else
|
|
|
6929 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6930 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6931 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6932 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6933 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6934 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6935 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6936 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6937 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6938 # endif
|
|
205
|
6939 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6940 # endif
|
|
205
|
6941 }
|
|
7
|
6942 }
|
|
|
6943 #endif
|
|
|
6944 }
|
|
|
6945 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6946 {
|
|
|
6947 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6948 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6949 {
|
|
205
|
6950 if (!init)
|
|
|
6951 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6952
|
|
|
6953 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6954 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6955 {
|
|
|
6956 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
6957 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
6958 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6959 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6960 else
|
|
|
6961 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6962 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6963 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6964 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6965 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6966 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6967 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6968 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6969 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6970 # endif
|
|
205
|
6971 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6972 # endif
|
|
205
|
6973 }
|
|
7
|
6974 }
|
|
205
|
6975 #endif
|
|
|
6976 }
|
|
|
6977 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
|
6978 {
|
|
|
6979 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6980 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6981 {
|
|
|
6982 if (!init)
|
|
|
6983 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6984
|
|
|
6985 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6986 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6987 {
|
|
|
6988 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
|
6989 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
6990 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6991 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6992 else
|
|
|
6993 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6994 }
|
|
|
6995 }
|
|
7
|
6996 #endif
|
|
|
6997 }
|
|
|
6998 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
6999 {
|
|
|
7000 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7001 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
7002
|
|
|
7003 if (!init)
|
|
|
7004 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
7005
|
|
|
7006 /*
|
|
|
7007 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
|
7008 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes.
|
|
|
7009 */
|
|
|
7010 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
7011 {
|
|
|
7012 off = 0;
|
|
|
7013 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
7014 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
7015 {
|
|
|
7016 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
7017 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
7018 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
7019 ;
|
|
|
7020 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
7021 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
7022 {
|
|
|
7023 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7024 break;
|
|
|
7025 }
|
|
|
7026 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
7027 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
7028 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
7029 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
7030 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7031
|
|
|
7032 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
7033 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
7034 {
|
|
|
7035 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
7036 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7037 break;
|
|
|
7038 }
|
|
|
7039 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
7040
|
|
|
7041 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
7042 off += len;
|
|
|
7043 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
7044 ++off;
|
|
|
7045 }
|
|
|
7046 }
|
|
|
7047 else
|
|
|
7048 {
|
|
|
7049 /*
|
|
|
7050 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
7051 */
|
|
|
7052 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
7053 {
|
|
|
7054 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
7055 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
7056 off += len;
|
|
|
7057 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
7058 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
7059 }
|
|
|
7060 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
7061 }
|
|
|
7062 if (error)
|
|
|
7063 break;
|
|
|
7064
|
|
|
7065 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
7066 p = NULL;
|
|
|
7067 else
|
|
|
7068 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
7069 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
7070 {
|
|
|
7071 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7072 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
7073 }
|
|
|
7074 else
|
|
|
7075 {
|
|
|
7076 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7077 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
7078 }
|
|
|
7079 }
|
|
|
7080 else
|
|
|
7081 {
|
|
|
7082 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
7083 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7084 break;
|
|
|
7085 }
|
|
|
7086
|
|
|
7087 /*
|
|
|
7088 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
7089 */
|
|
|
7090 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
7091 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
7092
|
|
|
7093 /*
|
|
|
7094 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
7095 */
|
|
|
7096 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
7097 }
|
|
|
7098
|
|
|
7099 /*
|
|
|
7100 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
7101 */
|
|
|
7102 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7103 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
7104 else
|
|
|
7105 {
|
|
|
7106 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7107 {
|
|
|
7108 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7109 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7110 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7111 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7112 /*
|
|
|
7113 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
7114 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
7115 */
|
|
|
7116 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7117 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
7118 #endif
|
|
|
7119 }
|
|
|
7120 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7121 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7122 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7123 {
|
|
|
7124 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7125 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7126 }
|
|
|
7127 # endif
|
|
|
7128 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7129 {
|
|
|
7130 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7131 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7132 }
|
|
|
7133 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7134 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7135 {
|
|
|
7136 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7137 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7138 }
|
|
|
7139 # endif
|
|
|
7140 #endif
|
|
|
7141 else
|
|
|
7142 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
448
|
7143 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7144 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
7145 #endif
|
|
7
|
7146 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
7147 }
|
|
|
7148 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
7149 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
7150
|
|
|
7151 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
7152 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
7153 }
|
|
|
7154
|
|
356
|
7155 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7156 void
|
|
|
7157 free_highlight()
|
|
|
7158 {
|
|
|
7159 int i;
|
|
|
7160
|
|
|
7161 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
359
|
7162 {
|
|
356
|
7163 highlight_clear(i);
|
|
359
|
7164 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
|
|
|
7165 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
7166 }
|
|
356
|
7167 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
|
|
|
7168 }
|
|
|
7169 #endif
|
|
|
7170
|
|
7
|
7171 /*
|
|
|
7172 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
7173 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
7174 */
|
|
|
7175 void
|
|
|
7176 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
7177 {
|
|
|
7178 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
7179 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
7180 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
7181 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
7182 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
7183 #else
|
|
|
7184 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7185 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
7186 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7187 #endif
|
|
|
7188 }
|
|
|
7189
|
|
|
7190 /*
|
|
|
7191 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
7192 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
7193 */
|
|
|
7194 static int
|
|
|
7195 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
7196 int idx;
|
|
|
7197 int check_link;
|
|
|
7198 {
|
|
|
7199 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
7200 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
7201 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7202 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
7203 #endif
|
|
|
7204 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
7205 }
|
|
|
7206
|
|
|
7207 /*
|
|
|
7208 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
7209 */
|
|
|
7210 static void
|
|
|
7211 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
7212 int idx;
|
|
|
7213 {
|
|
|
7214 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
7215 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7216 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
7217 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7218 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7219 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7220 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
7221 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
7222 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
7223 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
7224 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7225 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7226 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
7227 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7228 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7229 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7230 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7231 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7232 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
205
|
7233 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7234 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7235 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7236 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
7237 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
7238 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7239 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
7240 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7241 # endif
|
|
|
7242 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7243 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7244 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7245 #endif
|
|
448
|
7246 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7247 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
|
|
|
7248 * cleared. */
|
|
|
7249 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
|
|
|
7250 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
|
|
|
7251 #endif
|
|
7
|
7252 }
|
|
|
7253
|
|
|
7254 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7255 /*
|
|
|
7256 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7257 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7258 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7259 */
|
|
|
7260 void
|
|
|
7261 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7262 {
|
|
|
7263 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
205
|
7264 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
|
7265 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7266 {
|
|
|
7267 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7268 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7269 }
|
|
|
7270 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7271 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
205
|
7272 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7273 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7274 {
|
|
|
7275 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7276 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7277 # endif
|
|
|
7278 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7279 }
|
|
|
7280 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7281 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7282 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7283 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7284 {
|
|
|
7285 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7286 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7287 # endif
|
|
|
7288 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7289 }
|
|
|
7290 #endif
|
|
|
7291 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
205
|
7292 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7293 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7294 {
|
|
|
7295 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7296 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7297 }
|
|
|
7298 #endif
|
|
|
7299 }
|
|
|
7300
|
|
|
7301 /*
|
|
|
7302 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7303 */
|
|
|
7304 static int
|
|
|
7305 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7306 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7307 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7308 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7309 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7310 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7311 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7312 {
|
|
|
7313 int idx;
|
|
|
7314
|
|
|
7315 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7316 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7317 {
|
|
|
7318 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7319
|
|
|
7320 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7321 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7322 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7323 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7324 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7325 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7326 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7327 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7328 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7331 }
|
|
|
7332
|
|
|
7333 /*
|
|
|
7334 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7335 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7336 */
|
|
|
7337 char_u *
|
|
|
7338 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7339 {
|
|
|
7340 int id;
|
|
|
7341 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7344 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7345 {
|
|
|
7346 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7347 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7348 return s;
|
|
|
7349 }
|
|
|
7350 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7351 }
|
|
|
7352
|
|
|
7353 /*
|
|
|
7354 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7355 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7356 */
|
|
|
7357 void
|
|
|
7358 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7359 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7360 {
|
|
|
7361 int id;
|
|
|
7362
|
|
|
7363 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7364 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7365 {
|
|
|
7366 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7367 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7368 }
|
|
|
7369 }
|
|
|
7370
|
|
|
7371 /*
|
|
|
7372 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7373 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7374 */
|
|
|
7375 void
|
|
|
7376 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7377 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7378 {
|
|
|
7379 int id;
|
|
|
7380
|
|
|
7381 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7382 {
|
|
|
7383 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7384 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7385 {
|
|
|
7386 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7387 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7388 }
|
|
|
7389 }
|
|
|
7390 }
|
|
|
7391
|
|
|
7392 /*
|
|
|
7393 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7394 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7395 */
|
|
|
7396 void
|
|
|
7397 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7398 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7399 {
|
|
|
7400 int id;
|
|
|
7401
|
|
|
7402 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7403 {
|
|
|
7404 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7405 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7406 {
|
|
|
7407 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7408 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7409 }
|
|
|
7410 }
|
|
|
7411 }
|
|
|
7412
|
|
|
7413 /*
|
|
|
7414 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7415 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7416 */
|
|
|
7417 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7418 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7419 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7420 {
|
|
|
7421 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7422 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7423
|
|
|
7424 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7425 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7426 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7427 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7430 }
|
|
|
7431
|
|
|
7432 /*
|
|
|
7433 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7434 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7435 */
|
|
|
7436 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7437 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7438 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7439 {
|
|
|
7440 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7441 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7442
|
|
|
7443 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7444 }
|
|
|
7445
|
|
|
7446 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7447 /*
|
|
|
7448 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7449 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7450 */
|
|
|
7451 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7452 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7453 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7454 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7455 {
|
|
|
7456 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7457 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7458
|
|
|
7459 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7460 }
|
|
|
7461 # endif
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 /*
|
|
|
7464 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7465 */
|
|
|
7466 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7467 static void
|
|
|
7468 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7469 int idx;
|
|
|
7470 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7471 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7472 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7473 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7474 {
|
|
|
7475 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7476 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7477 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7478 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7479 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7480 || do_menu
|
|
|
7481 # endif
|
|
|
7482 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7483 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7484 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7485 # endif
|
|
|
7486 )
|
|
|
7487 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7488 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7489 || do_menu
|
|
|
7490 # endif
|
|
|
7491 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7492 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7493 # endif
|
|
|
7494 );
|
|
|
7495 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7496 {
|
|
|
7497 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7498 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7499 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7500 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7501 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7502 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7503 {
|
|
|
7504 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7505 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7506 # else
|
|
|
7507 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7508 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7509 # endif
|
|
|
7510 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7511 }
|
|
|
7512 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7513 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7514 {
|
|
|
7515 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7516 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7517 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
|
7518 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an
|
|
|
7519 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7520 */
|
|
|
7521 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7522 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7523 }
|
|
|
7524 # endif
|
|
|
7525 # endif
|
|
|
7526 }
|
|
|
7527 else
|
|
|
7528 # endif
|
|
|
7529 {
|
|
|
7530 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7531 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7532 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7533 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7534 {
|
|
|
7535 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7536 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7537 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7538 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7539 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7540 {
|
|
|
7541 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7542 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7543 }
|
|
|
7544 # endif
|
|
|
7545 #endif
|
|
|
7546 }
|
|
|
7547 }
|
|
|
7548 }
|
|
|
7549
|
|
|
7550 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7551
|
|
|
7552 /*
|
|
|
7553 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7554 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7555 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7556 */
|
|
298
|
7557 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7558
|
|
|
7559 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7560
|
|
298
|
7561 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7562
|
|
|
7563 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7564
|
|
|
7565 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
298
|
7566 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7567
|
|
|
7568 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7569 #endif
|
|
|
7570
|
|
|
7571 /*
|
|
|
7572 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7573 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7574 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7575 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7576 */
|
|
|
7577 static int
|
|
|
7578 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7579 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7580 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7581 {
|
|
|
7582 int i;
|
|
359
|
7583 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
7
|
7584 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7585
|
|
|
7586 /*
|
|
|
7587 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7588 */
|
|
|
7589 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7590 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7591
|
|
|
7592 /*
|
|
|
7593 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7594 */
|
|
|
7595 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7596 {
|
|
359
|
7597 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7598 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
|
|
7
|
7599 && (
|
|
|
7600 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7601 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7602 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7603 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7604 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7605 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7606 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7607 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
7
|
7608 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7609 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
7
|
7610 # endif
|
|
|
7611 ))
|
|
|
7612 ||
|
|
|
7613 #endif
|
|
|
7614 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7615 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7616 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7617 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7618 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
359
|
7619 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7620 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7621 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7622 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7623 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
359
|
7624 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
7
|
7625 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7626 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7627 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7628 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
|
|
|
7629 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
7
|
7630 ))
|
|
|
7631
|
|
|
7632 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7633 }
|
|
|
7634
|
|
271
|
7635 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
|
|
7
|
7636 {
|
|
|
7637 /*
|
|
|
7638 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7639 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7640 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7641 */
|
|
|
7642 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7643 {
|
|
|
7644 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7645 return 0;
|
|
|
7646 }
|
|
|
7647 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7648
|
|
359
|
7649 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
|
7650
|
|
7
|
7651 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7654 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7655
|
|
|
7656 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7657 }
|
|
|
7658
|
|
|
7659 /*
|
|
|
7660 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7661 */
|
|
|
7662 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7663 return 0;
|
|
|
7664
|
|
359
|
7665 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7666 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7667 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7
|
7668 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7669 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7670 {
|
|
359
|
7671 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7672 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7673 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7674 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
7
|
7675 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7676 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
7
|
7677 # endif
|
|
|
7678 }
|
|
|
7679 #endif
|
|
|
7680 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7681 {
|
|
|
7682 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7683 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7684 else
|
|
359
|
7685 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
7
|
7686 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7687 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7688 else
|
|
359
|
7689 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
7
|
7690 }
|
|
|
7691 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7692 {
|
|
359
|
7693 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7694 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
7
|
7695 }
|
|
|
7696 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7697 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7698 }
|
|
|
7699
|
|
359
|
7700 /*
|
|
|
7701 * Clear all highlight tables.
|
|
|
7702 */
|
|
|
7703 void
|
|
|
7704 clear_hl_tables()
|
|
|
7705 {
|
|
|
7706 int i;
|
|
|
7707 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
|
7708
|
|
|
7709 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7710 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7711 #endif
|
|
|
7712 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7713 {
|
|
|
7714 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7715 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7716 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7717 }
|
|
|
7718 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7719 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7720 }
|
|
|
7721
|
|
221
|
7722 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7723 /*
|
|
348
|
7724 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
|
|
|
7725 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
|
|
|
7726 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
|
|
221
|
7727 * This creates a new group when required.
|
|
|
7728 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
|
7729 * result.
|
|
|
7730 * Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
|
7731 */
|
|
|
7732 int
|
|
348
|
7733 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
|
|
221
|
7734 int char_attr;
|
|
348
|
7735 int prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7736 {
|
|
|
7737 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
|
7738 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
|
7739 attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
|
7740
|
|
|
7741 if (char_attr == 0)
|
|
348
|
7742 return prim_attr;
|
|
|
7743 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7744 return char_attr | prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7745 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7746 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7747 {
|
|
|
7748 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7749 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7750 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7751 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7752 else
|
|
|
7753 {
|
|
|
7754 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
548
|
7755 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7756 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7757 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
221
|
7758 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7759 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7760 }
|
|
|
7761
|
|
348
|
7762 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7763 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7764 else
|
|
|
7765 {
|
|
348
|
7766 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7767 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7768 {
|
|
|
7769 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7770 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7771 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7772 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7773 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7774 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7775 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7776 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7777 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
7778 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7779 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7780 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
7781 # endif
|
|
|
7782 }
|
|
|
7783 }
|
|
|
7784 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7785 }
|
|
|
7786 #endif
|
|
|
7787
|
|
|
7788 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
7789 {
|
|
|
7790 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7791 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7792 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7793 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7794 else
|
|
|
7795 {
|
|
|
7796 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7797 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7798 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7799 }
|
|
|
7800
|
|
348
|
7801 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7802 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7803 else
|
|
|
7804 {
|
|
348
|
7805 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7806 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7807 {
|
|
|
7808 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7809 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7810 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7811 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7812 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
7813 }
|
|
|
7814 }
|
|
|
7815 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7816 }
|
|
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7819 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7820 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7821 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7822 else
|
|
|
7823 {
|
|
|
7824 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7825 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7826 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7827 }
|
|
|
7828
|
|
348
|
7829 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7830 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7831 else
|
|
|
7832 {
|
|
607
|
7833 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7834 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7835 {
|
|
|
7836 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7837 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
|
7838 {
|
|
|
7839 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
|
7840 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
|
7841 }
|
|
|
7842 }
|
|
|
7843 }
|
|
|
7844 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7845 }
|
|
|
7846 #endif
|
|
|
7847
|
|
7
|
7848 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7849
|
|
|
7850 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7851 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7852 int attr;
|
|
|
7853 {
|
|
|
7854 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7855 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7856 return NULL;
|
|
|
7857 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7858 }
|
|
|
7859
|
|
|
7860 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7861
|
|
|
7862 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7863 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7864 int attr;
|
|
|
7865 {
|
|
|
7866 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7867 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7868 return NULL;
|
|
|
7869 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7870 }
|
|
|
7871
|
|
|
7872 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7873 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7874 int attr;
|
|
|
7875 {
|
|
|
7876 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7877 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7878 return NULL;
|
|
|
7879 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7880 }
|
|
|
7881
|
|
|
7882 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
7883 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
7884 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
7885
|
|
|
7886 static void
|
|
|
7887 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
7888 int id;
|
|
|
7889 {
|
|
|
7890 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
7891 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
7894
|
|
|
7895 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7896 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
7897 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7898 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
7899 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7900 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
7901
|
|
|
7902 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7903 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
7904 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7905 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
7906 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7907 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
7908
|
|
|
7909 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7910 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7911 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
7912 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7913 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
7914 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7915 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
7916 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
301
|
7917 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
|
|
|
7918 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
7
|
7919 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
7920 #endif
|
|
|
7921
|
|
448
|
7922 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
7923 {
|
|
|
7924 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
448
|
7925 didh = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7926 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7927 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7928 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7929 }
|
|
448
|
7930
|
|
694
|
7931 if (!didh)
|
|
|
7932 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
|
|
448
|
7933 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
694
|
7934 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
448
|
7935 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
|
|
|
7936 #endif
|
|
7
|
7937 }
|
|
|
7938
|
|
|
7939 static int
|
|
|
7940 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
7941 int id;
|
|
|
7942 int didh;
|
|
|
7943 int type;
|
|
|
7944 int iarg;
|
|
|
7945 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
7946 char *name;
|
|
|
7947 {
|
|
|
7948 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7949 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
7950 int i;
|
|
|
7951
|
|
448
|
7952 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7953 return FALSE;
|
|
7
|
7954 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
7955 {
|
|
|
7956 ts = buf;
|
|
|
7957 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
7958 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
7959 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
7960 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
7961 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
7962 {
|
|
|
7963 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
7964 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
7965 {
|
|
|
7966 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
7967 {
|
|
|
7968 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
7969 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
7970 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
7971 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
7972 }
|
|
|
7973 }
|
|
|
7974 }
|
|
|
7975
|
|
|
7976 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
7977 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
7978 didh = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
7979 if (!got_int)
|
|
|
7980 {
|
|
694
|
7981 if (*name != NUL)
|
|
|
7982 {
|
|
|
7983 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7984 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7985 }
|
|
448
|
7986 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
7987 }
|
|
7
|
7988 }
|
|
|
7989 return didh;
|
|
|
7990 }
|
|
|
7991
|
|
|
7992 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7993 /*
|
|
|
7994 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
7995 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
7996 */
|
|
|
7997 char_u *
|
|
|
7998 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
7999 int id;
|
|
|
8000 int flag;
|
|
|
8001 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8002 {
|
|
|
8003 int attr;
|
|
|
8004
|
|
|
8005 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8006 return NULL;
|
|
|
8007
|
|
|
8008 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8009 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8010 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8011 else
|
|
|
8012 #endif
|
|
|
8013 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8014 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8015 else
|
|
|
8016 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8017
|
|
|
8018 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
8019 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
8020 return NULL;
|
|
|
8021 }
|
|
|
8022 #endif
|
|
|
8023
|
|
|
8024 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8025 /*
|
|
|
8026 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
8027 */
|
|
|
8028 char_u *
|
|
|
8029 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
8030 int id;
|
|
205
|
8031 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
|
7
|
8032 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8033 {
|
|
|
8034 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
8035 int n;
|
|
205
|
8036 int fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
8037 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8038 int sp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8039 # endif
|
|
7
|
8040
|
|
|
8041 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8042 return NULL;
|
|
|
8043
|
|
|
8044 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
8045 fg = TRUE;
|
|
205
|
8046 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8047 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
|
8048 sp = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8049 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8050 {
|
|
|
8051 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
8052 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
8053 {
|
|
|
8054 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8055 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
8056 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 if (fg)
|
|
|
8059 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
205
|
8060 else if (sp)
|
|
|
8061 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8062 else
|
|
|
8063 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8064 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8065 return NULL;
|
|
|
8066 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8067 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
8068 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
8069 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
8070 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
8071 return buf;
|
|
|
8072 }
|
|
|
8073 if (fg)
|
|
|
8074 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
205
|
8075 if (sp)
|
|
|
8076 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7
|
8077 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8078 }
|
|
205
|
8079 # endif
|
|
7
|
8080 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8081 {
|
|
|
8082 if (fg)
|
|
|
8083 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
8084 else
|
|
|
8085 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
8086 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
8087 return name;
|
|
|
8088 }
|
|
|
8089 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
8090 return NULL;
|
|
|
8091 }
|
|
|
8092 #endif
|
|
|
8093
|
|
|
8094 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
8095 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8096 /*
|
|
|
8097 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
8098 */
|
|
|
8099 long_u
|
|
|
8100 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
8101 int id;
|
|
|
8102 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
8103 {
|
|
|
8104 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8105
|
|
|
8106 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8107 return 0L;
|
|
|
8108
|
|
|
8109 if (fg)
|
|
|
8110 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8111 else
|
|
|
8112 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8113
|
|
|
8114 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8115 return 0L;
|
|
|
8116
|
|
|
8117 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8118 }
|
|
|
8119 #endif
|
|
|
8120
|
|
|
8121 /*
|
|
|
8122 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
8123 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
8124 */
|
|
|
8125 static int
|
|
|
8126 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
8127 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
8128 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
8129 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
8130 {
|
|
|
8131 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
8132 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
8133
|
|
|
8134 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8135 {
|
|
|
8136 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8137 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8138 return TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8139 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8140 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
8141 }
|
|
|
8142 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
448
|
8143 {
|
|
7
|
8144 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8145 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8146 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8147 }
|
|
7
|
8148 else
|
|
|
8149 {
|
|
|
8150 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
8151 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
8152 }
|
|
|
8153
|
|
|
8154 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
8155 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
8156 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
8157 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
8158
|
|
|
8159 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
8160
|
|
|
8161 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
8162 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8163 {
|
|
|
8164 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
8165 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8166 }
|
|
|
8167
|
|
|
8168 return newline;
|
|
|
8169 }
|
|
|
8170
|
|
|
8171 /*
|
|
|
8172 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
8173 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
8174 */
|
|
|
8175 static void
|
|
|
8176 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
8177 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
8178 {
|
|
|
8179 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
8180 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
8181
|
|
|
8182 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
8183 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
8184 return;
|
|
|
8185
|
|
|
8186 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8187 /*
|
|
|
8188 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8189 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8190 */
|
|
|
8191 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
8192 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
205
|
8193 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
|
7
|
8194 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
8195 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8196 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
8197 # endif
|
|
|
8198 )
|
|
|
8199 {
|
|
|
8200 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8201 }
|
|
|
8202 else
|
|
|
8203 {
|
|
|
8204 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8205 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8206 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8207 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8208 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
8209 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8210 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8211 # endif
|
|
|
8212 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8213 }
|
|
|
8214 #endif
|
|
|
8215 /*
|
|
|
8216 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8217 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8218 */
|
|
|
8219 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
8220 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8221 else
|
|
|
8222 {
|
|
|
8223 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8224 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
8225 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
8226 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8227 }
|
|
|
8228
|
|
|
8229 /*
|
|
|
8230 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
8231 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8232 */
|
|
|
8233 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
8234 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8235 else
|
|
|
8236 {
|
|
|
8237 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8238 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8239 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8240 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8241 }
|
|
|
8242 }
|
|
|
8243
|
|
|
8244 /*
|
|
|
8245 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8246 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
8247 */
|
|
|
8248 int
|
|
|
8249 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
8250 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8251 {
|
|
|
8252 int i;
|
|
|
8253 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
8254
|
|
|
8255 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
8256 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
8257 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
419
|
8258 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
7
|
8259 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
8260 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8261 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
8262 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
8263 break;
|
|
|
8264 return i + 1;
|
|
|
8265 }
|
|
|
8266
|
|
|
8267 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8268 /*
|
|
|
8269 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
8270 */
|
|
|
8271 int
|
|
|
8272 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
8273 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8274 {
|
|
|
8275 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
8276 }
|
|
|
8277 #endif
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 /*
|
|
|
8280 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
8281 */
|
|
|
8282 int
|
|
|
8283 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
8284 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
8285 int len;
|
|
|
8286 {
|
|
|
8287 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8288 int id = 0;
|
|
|
8289
|
|
|
8290 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
8291 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
8292 {
|
|
|
8293 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8294 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8295 }
|
|
|
8296 return id;
|
|
|
8297 }
|
|
|
8298
|
|
|
8299 /*
|
|
|
8300 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8301 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
8302 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
8303 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8304 */
|
|
|
8305 int
|
|
|
8306 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
8307 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
8308 int len;
|
|
|
8309 {
|
|
|
8310 int id;
|
|
|
8311 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8312
|
|
|
8313 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
8314 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
8315 return 0;
|
|
|
8316
|
|
|
8317 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8318 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
8319 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
8320 else
|
|
|
8321 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8322 return id;
|
|
|
8323 }
|
|
|
8324
|
|
|
8325 /*
|
|
|
8326 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8327 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
8328 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8329 */
|
|
|
8330 static int
|
|
|
8331 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
8332 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8333 {
|
|
|
8334 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8335
|
|
|
8336 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
8337 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
8338 {
|
|
|
8339 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
8340 {
|
|
|
8341 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
8342 return 0;
|
|
|
8343 }
|
|
|
8344 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
8345 {
|
|
|
8346 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
8347 * give a warning. */
|
|
16
|
8348 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
8349 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
8350 break;
|
|
|
8351 }
|
|
|
8352 }
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 /*
|
|
|
8355 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
8356 */
|
|
|
8357 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
8358 {
|
|
|
8359 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
8360 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
8361 }
|
|
|
8362
|
|
|
8363 /*
|
|
|
8364 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
8365 */
|
|
|
8366 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8367 {
|
|
|
8368 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8369 return 0;
|
|
|
8370 }
|
|
|
8371
|
|
|
8372 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8373 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
8374 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
8375 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8376 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8377 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
205
|
8378 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7
|
8379 #endif
|
|
|
8380 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8381
|
|
|
8382 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
8383 }
|
|
|
8384
|
|
|
8385 /*
|
|
|
8386 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
8387 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
8388 */
|
|
|
8389 static void
|
|
|
8390 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
8391 {
|
|
|
8392 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8393 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
8394 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
8395 }
|
|
|
8396
|
|
|
8397 /*
|
|
|
8398 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
8399 */
|
|
|
8400 int
|
|
|
8401 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
8402 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8403 {
|
|
|
8404 int attr;
|
|
|
8405 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8406
|
|
|
8407 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8408 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8409
|
|
|
8410 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8411 /*
|
|
|
8412 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
8413 */
|
|
|
8414 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8415 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
8416 else
|
|
|
8417 #endif
|
|
|
8418 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8419 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
8420 else
|
|
|
8421 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
8422
|
|
|
8423 return attr;
|
|
|
8424 }
|
|
|
8425
|
|
|
8426 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8427 /*
|
|
|
8428 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
8429 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8430 */
|
|
|
8431 int
|
|
|
8432 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8433 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8434 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8435 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8436 {
|
|
|
8437 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8438
|
|
|
8439 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8440 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8441
|
|
|
8442 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8443 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8444 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8445 }
|
|
|
8446 #endif
|
|
|
8447
|
|
|
8448 /*
|
|
|
8449 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8450 */
|
|
|
8451 int
|
|
|
8452 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8453 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8454 {
|
|
|
8455 int count;
|
|
|
8456 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8457
|
|
|
8458 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8459 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8460
|
|
|
8461 /*
|
|
|
8462 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8463 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8464 */
|
|
|
8465 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8466 {
|
|
|
8467 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8468 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8469 break;
|
|
|
8470 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8471 }
|
|
|
8472
|
|
|
8473 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8474 }
|
|
|
8475
|
|
|
8476 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8477 /*
|
|
|
8478 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8479 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8480 */
|
|
|
8481 void
|
|
|
8482 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8483 {
|
|
|
8484 int idx;
|
|
|
8485
|
|
|
8486 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8487 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8488
|
|
|
8489 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8490 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8491
|
|
|
8492 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8493 }
|
|
|
8494
|
|
|
8495 static void
|
|
|
8496 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8497 int idx;
|
|
|
8498 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8499 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8500 {
|
|
|
8501 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8502
|
|
|
8503 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8504 {
|
|
|
8505 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8506 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8507 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8508 }
|
|
|
8509 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8510 {
|
|
|
8511 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8512 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8513 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8514 }
|
|
|
8515 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8516 {
|
|
|
8517 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8518 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8519 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8520 }
|
|
205
|
8521 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8522 {
|
|
|
8523 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
|
8524 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
8525 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8526 }
|
|
7
|
8527 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8528 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8529 }
|
|
|
8530
|
|
|
8531 #endif
|
|
|
8532
|
|
|
8533 /*
|
|
|
8534 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8535 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8536 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8537 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8538 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8539 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8540 */
|
|
|
8541 int
|
|
|
8542 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8543 {
|
|
|
8544 int hlf;
|
|
|
8545 int i;
|
|
|
8546 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8547 int attr;
|
|
|
8548 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8549 int id;
|
|
|
8550 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8551 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8552 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8553 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8554 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8555 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8556 # endif
|
|
|
8557 #endif
|
|
|
8558 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8559
|
|
|
8560 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8561
|
|
|
8562 /*
|
|
|
8563 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8564 */
|
|
|
8565 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8566 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8567
|
|
|
8568 /*
|
|
|
8569 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8570 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8571 */
|
|
|
8572 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8573 {
|
|
|
8574 if (i)
|
|
|
8575 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8576 else
|
|
|
8577 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8578 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8579 continue;
|
|
|
8580
|
|
|
8581 while (*p)
|
|
|
8582 {
|
|
|
8583 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8584 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8585 break;
|
|
|
8586 ++p;
|
|
|
8587 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8588 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8589
|
|
|
8590 /*
|
|
|
8591 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8592 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8593 */
|
|
|
8594 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8595 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8596 {
|
|
|
8597 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8598 continue;
|
|
|
8599
|
|
|
8600 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8601 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8602
|
|
|
8603 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8604 {
|
|
|
8605 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8606 break;
|
|
|
8607 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8608 break;
|
|
|
8609 case '-':
|
|
|
8610 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8611 break;
|
|
|
8612 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8613 break;
|
|
|
8614 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8615 break;
|
|
|
8616 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8617 break;
|
|
205
|
8618 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
|
8619 break;
|
|
7
|
8620 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8621 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8622 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8623 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8624 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8625 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8626 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8627 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8628 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8629 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8630 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8631 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8632 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8633 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8634 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8635 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8636 #endif
|
|
|
8637 break;
|
|
|
8638 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8639 }
|
|
|
8640 }
|
|
|
8641 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8642
|
|
|
8643 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8644 }
|
|
|
8645 }
|
|
|
8646
|
|
|
8647 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8648 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8649 *
|
|
|
8650 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8651 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8652 */
|
|
|
8653 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8654 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8655 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8656 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8657 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8658 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8659 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8660 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8661 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8662 }
|
|
|
8663 # endif
|
|
|
8664 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8665 {
|
|
|
8666 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8667 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8668 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8669 {
|
|
|
8670 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8671 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8672 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8673 # endif
|
|
|
8674 }
|
|
|
8675 else
|
|
|
8676 {
|
|
|
8677 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8678 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8679 # endif
|
|
|
8680
|
|
|
8681 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8682 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8683 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8684 {
|
|
|
8685 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8686 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8687 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8688 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8689 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8690 # endif
|
|
|
8691 }
|
|
|
8692 else
|
|
|
8693 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8694 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8695 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8696 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8697
|
|
|
8698 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8699 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8700 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8701 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8702 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8703 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8704 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8705 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8706 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8707 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8708 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8709 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
8710 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8711 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8712 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
8713 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8714 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
8715 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8716 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
8717 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8718 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
|
8719 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8720 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
8721 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
8722 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8723 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
8724 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8725 # endif
|
|
|
8726 # endif
|
|
|
8727 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
8728 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
8729 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
8730 # endif
|
|
|
8731 }
|
|
|
8732 }
|
|
|
8733 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8734 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
8735 # endif
|
|
|
8736
|
|
|
8737 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 return OK;
|
|
|
8740 }
|
|
|
8741
|
|
|
8742 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8743
|
|
|
8744 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
8745 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
8746
|
|
|
8747 /*
|
|
|
8748 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
8749 */
|
|
|
8750 void
|
|
|
8751 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
8752 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8753 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
8754 {
|
|
|
8755 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8756
|
|
|
8757 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
8758 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
8759 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8760 include_link = TRUE;
|
|
|
8761 include_default = TRUE;
|
|
|
8762
|
|
|
8763 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
8764 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
8765 {
|
|
|
8766 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8767 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
8768 {
|
|
|
8769 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
8770 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8771 {
|
|
|
8772 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8773 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8774 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8775 }
|
|
|
8776 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
8777 {
|
|
|
8778 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
8779 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
8780 highlight_list();
|
|
|
8781 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
8782 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8783 {
|
|
|
8784 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8785 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8786 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
8787 {
|
|
|
8788 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8789 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8790 }
|
|
|
8791 }
|
|
|
8792 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
8793 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
8794 }
|
|
|
8795 }
|
|
|
8796 }
|
|
|
8797 }
|
|
|
8798
|
|
|
8799 /*
|
|
|
8800 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
8801 */
|
|
|
8802 static void
|
|
|
8803 highlight_list()
|
|
|
8804 {
|
|
|
8805 int i;
|
|
|
8806
|
|
|
8807 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8808 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8809 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8810 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
8811 }
|
|
|
8812
|
|
|
8813 static void
|
|
|
8814 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
8815 int cnt;
|
|
|
8816 int attr;
|
|
|
8817 {
|
|
|
8818 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
8819 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
8820 out_flush();
|
|
|
8821 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
8822 }
|
|
|
8823
|
|
|
8824 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
8825
|
|
|
8826 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
8827 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8828 /*
|
|
|
8829 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
8830 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
8831 */
|
|
|
8832 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
8833 char_u *
|
|
|
8834 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
8835 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8836 int idx;
|
|
|
8837 {
|
|
|
8838 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len
|
|
|
8839 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8840 && include_link
|
|
|
8841 #endif
|
|
|
8842 )
|
|
|
8843 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
|
8844 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1
|
|
|
8845 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8846 && include_link
|
|
|
8847 #endif
|
|
|
8848 )
|
|
|
8849 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
8850 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2
|
|
|
8851 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8852 && include_default
|
|
|
8853 #endif
|
|
|
8854 )
|
|
|
8855 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
8856 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8857 return NULL;
|
|
|
8858 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
8859 }
|
|
|
8860 #endif
|
|
|
8861
|
|
|
8862 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8863 /*
|
|
|
8864 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
8865 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
8866 */
|
|
|
8867 void
|
|
|
8868 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
8869 {
|
|
|
8870 int idx;
|
|
|
8871
|
|
|
8872 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8873 {
|
|
|
8874 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
8875 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
8876 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8877 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
8878 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
8879 # endif
|
|
|
8880 }
|
|
|
8881
|
|
|
8882 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
8883 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8884 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
8885 # endif
|
|
|
8886 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
8887 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
8888 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
8889 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
8890 # endif
|
|
|
8891 }
|
|
|
8892 #endif
|
|
|
8893
|
|
|
8894 /**************************************
|
|
|
8895 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
8896 **************************************/
|
